Now this was the allotment for the tribe of Manasseh as Joseph’s firstborn son, namely for Machir the firstborn of Manasseh and father of the Gileadites, who had received Gilead and Bashan because Machir was a man of war.
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            וַיְהִ֤י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וַיְהִ֤י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    way·hî
                
                
                     Now this was 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Qal - Consecutive imperfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1961 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to be, become, come to pass, exist, happen, fall out <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) ----- <BR> 1a1a) to happen, fall out, occur, take place, come about, come to pass <BR> 1a1b) to come about, come to pass <BR> 1a2) to come into being, become <BR> 1a2a) to arise, appear, come <BR> 1a2b) to become <BR> 1a2b1) to become <BR> 1a2b2) to become like <BR> 1a2b3) to be instituted, be established <BR> 1a3) to be <BR> 1a3a) to exist, be in existence <BR> 1a3b) to abide, remain, continue (with word of place or time) <BR> 1a3c) to stand, lie, be in, be at, be situated (with word of locality) <BR> 1a3d) to accompany, be with <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to occur, come to pass, be done, be brought about <BR> 1b2) to be done, be finished, be gone 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        way·hî
         Now this was 
    
 
        
            הַגּוֹרָל֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הַגּוֹרָל֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hag·gō·w·rāl
                
                
                     the allotment 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1486 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) lot <BR> 1a) lot-pebbles used for systematically making decisions <BR> 2) portion<BR> 2a) lot, portion (thing assigned by casting lots) <BR> 2b) recompense, retribution 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hag·gō·w·rāl
         the allotment 
    
 
        
            לְמַטֵּ֣ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לְמַטֵּ֣ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lə·maṭ·ṭêh
                
                
                     for the tribe 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-l | Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4294 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) staff, branch, tribe <BR> 1a) staff, rod, shaft <BR> 1b) branch (of vine) <BR> 1c) tribe <BR> 1c1) company led by chief with staff (originally) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lə·maṭ·ṭêh
         for the tribe 
    
 
        
            מְנַשֶּׁ֔ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מְנַשֶּׁ֔ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    mə·naš·šeh
                
                
                     of Manasseh 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4519 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Manasseh = |causing to forget|<BR> 1) the eldest son of Joseph and progenitor of the tribe of Manasseh <BR> 1a) the tribe descended from Manasseh <BR> 1b) the territory occupied by the tribe of Manasseh <BR> 2) son of king Hezekiah of Judah and himself king of Judah; he was the immediate and direct cause for the exile <BR> 3) a descendant of Pahath-moab who put away a foreign wife in the time of Ezra <BR> 4) a descendant of Hashum who put away a foreign wife in the time of Ezra 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        mə·naš·šeh
         of Manasseh 
    
 
        
            כִּי־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
כִּי־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    kî-
                
                
                     . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunction 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3588 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) that, for, because, when, as though, as, because that, but, then, certainly, except, surely, since <BR> 1a) that <BR> 1a1) yea, indeed <BR> 1b) when (of time) <BR> 1b1) when, if, though (with a concessive force) <BR> 1c) because, since (causal connection) <BR> 1d) but (after negative) <BR> 1e) that if, for if, indeed if, for though, but if <BR> 1f) but rather, but <BR> 1g) except that <BR> 1h) only, nevertheless <BR> 1i) surely <BR> 1j) that is <BR> 1k) but if <BR> 1l) for though <BR> 1m) forasmuch as, for therefore 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        kî-
         . . . 
    
 
        
            ה֖וּא 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
ה֖וּא 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hū
                
                
                     - 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Pronoun - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1931 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        pron 3p s<BR> 1) he, she, it <BR> 1a) himself (with emphasis) <BR> 1b) resuming subj with emphasis <BR> 1c) (with minimum emphasis following predicate) <BR> 1d) (anticipating subj) <BR> 1e) (emphasising predicate) <BR> 1f) that, it (neuter) demons pron <BR> 2) that (with article) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hū
         - 
    
 
        
            יוֹסֵ֑ף 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יוֹסֵ֑ף 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    yō·w·sêp̄
                
                
                     as Joseph’s 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3130 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Joseph = |Jehovah has added|<BR> 1) the eldest son of Jacob by Rachel <BR> 2) father of Igal, who represented the tribe of Issachar among the spies <BR> 3) a son of Asaph <BR> 4) a man who took a foreign wife in the time of Ezra <BR> 5) a priest of the family of Shebaniah in the time of Nehemiah 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        yō·w·sêp̄
         as Joseph’s 
    
 
        
            בְּכ֣וֹר 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בְּכ֣וֹר 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    bə·ḵō·wr
                
                
                     firstborn son , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1060 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) firstborn, firstling <BR> 1a) of men and women <BR> 1b) of animals <BR> 1c) noun of relation (fig.) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        bə·ḵō·wr
         firstborn son , 
    
 
        
            לְמָכִיר֩ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לְמָכִיר֩ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lə·mā·ḵîr
                
                
                     [namely] for Machir 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-l | Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4353 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Machir = |sold|<BR> 1) eldest son of Manasseh by an Aramite or Syrian concubine and progenitor of a large family <BR> 2) son of Ammiel, a powerful chief of one of the Transjordanic tribes who rendered essential services to Saul and to David 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lə·mā·ḵîr
         [namely] for Machir 
    
 
        
            בְּכ֨וֹר 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בְּכ֨וֹר 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    bə·ḵō·wr
                
                
                     the firstborn 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1060 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) firstborn, firstling <BR> 1a) of men and women <BR> 1b) of animals <BR> 1c) noun of relation (fig.) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        bə·ḵō·wr
         the firstborn 
    
 
        
            מְנַשֶּׁ֜ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מְנַשֶּׁ֜ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    mə·naš·šeh
                
                
                     of Manasseh 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4519 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Manasseh = |causing to forget|<BR> 1) the eldest son of Joseph and progenitor of the tribe of Manasseh <BR> 1a) the tribe descended from Manasseh <BR> 1b) the territory occupied by the tribe of Manasseh <BR> 2) son of king Hezekiah of Judah and himself king of Judah; he was the immediate and direct cause for the exile <BR> 3) a descendant of Pahath-moab who put away a foreign wife in the time of Ezra <BR> 4) a descendant of Hashum who put away a foreign wife in the time of Ezra 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        mə·naš·šeh
         of Manasseh 
    
 
        
            אֲבִ֣י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֲבִ֣י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ă·ḇî
                
                
                     and father 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) father of an individual <BR> 2) of God as father of his people <BR> 3) head or founder of a household, group, family, or clan <BR> 4) ancestor <BR> 4a) grandfather, forefathers -- of person <BR> 4b) of people <BR> 5) originator or patron of a class, profession, or art <BR> 6) of producer, generator (fig.) <BR> 7) of benevolence and protection (fig.) <BR> 8) term of respect and honour <BR> 9) ruler or chief (spec.) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ă·ḇî
         and father 
    
 
        
            הַגִּלְעָ֗ד 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הַגִּלְעָ֗ד 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hag·gil·‘āḏ
                
                
                     of the Gileadites , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Noun - proper - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1568 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        n pr loc Gilead = |rocky region|<BR> 1) a mountainous region bounded on the west by the Jordan, on the north by Bashan, on the east by the Arabian plateau, and on the south by Moab and Ammon; sometimes called 'Mount Gilead' or the 'land of Gilead' or just 'Gilead'. Divided into north and south Gilead <BR> 2) a city (with prefix 'Jabesh') <BR> 3) the people of the region <BR> n pr m <BR> 4) son of Machir and grandson of Manasseh <BR> 5) father of Jephthah <BR> 6) a Gadite 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hag·gil·‘āḏ
         of the Gileadites , 
    
 
        
            וַֽיְהִי־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וַֽיְהִי־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    way·hî-
                
                
                     who had received 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Qal - Consecutive imperfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1961 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to be, become, come to pass, exist, happen, fall out <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) ----- <BR> 1a1a) to happen, fall out, occur, take place, come about, come to pass <BR> 1a1b) to come about, come to pass <BR> 1a2) to come into being, become <BR> 1a2a) to arise, appear, come <BR> 1a2b) to become <BR> 1a2b1) to become <BR> 1a2b2) to become like <BR> 1a2b3) to be instituted, be established <BR> 1a3) to be <BR> 1a3a) to exist, be in existence <BR> 1a3b) to abide, remain, continue (with word of place or time) <BR> 1a3c) to stand, lie, be in, be at, be situated (with word of locality) <BR> 1a3d) to accompany, be with <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to occur, come to pass, be done, be brought about <BR> 1b2) to be done, be finished, be gone 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        way·hî-
         who had received 
    
 
        
            ל֖וֹ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
ל֖וֹ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lōw
                
                
                     
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition | third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                         
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                         
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lōw
         
    
 
        
            הַגִּלְעָ֥ד 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הַגִּלְעָ֥ד 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hag·gil·‘āḏ
                
                
                     Gilead 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Noun - proper - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1568 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        n pr loc Gilead = |rocky region|<BR> 1) a mountainous region bounded on the west by the Jordan, on the north by Bashan, on the east by the Arabian plateau, and on the south by Moab and Ammon; sometimes called 'Mount Gilead' or the 'land of Gilead' or just 'Gilead'. Divided into north and south Gilead <BR> 2) a city (with prefix 'Jabesh') <BR> 3) the people of the region <BR> n pr m <BR> 4) son of Machir and grandson of Manasseh <BR> 5) father of Jephthah <BR> 6) a Gadite 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hag·gil·‘āḏ
         Gilead 
    
 
        
            וְהַבָּשָֽׁן׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְהַבָּשָֽׁן׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·hab·bā·šān
                
                
                     and Bashan 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw, Article | Noun - proper - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1316 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Bashan = |fruitful|<BR> 1) a district east of the Jordan known for its fertility which was given to the half-tribe of Manasseh 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·hab·bā·šān
         and Bashan 
    
 
        
            כִּ֣י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
כִּ֣י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    kî
                
                
                     because 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunction 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3588 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) that, for, because, when, as though, as, because that, but, then, certainly, except, surely, since <BR> 1a) that <BR> 1a1) yea, indeed <BR> 1b) when (of time) <BR> 1b1) when, if, though (with a concessive force) <BR> 1c) because, since (causal connection) <BR> 1d) but (after negative) <BR> 1e) that if, for if, indeed if, for though, but if <BR> 1f) but rather, but <BR> 1g) except that <BR> 1h) only, nevertheless <BR> 1i) surely <BR> 1j) that is <BR> 1k) but if <BR> 1l) for though <BR> 1m) forasmuch as, for therefore 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        kî
         because 
    
 
        
            ה֤וּא 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
ה֤וּא 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hū
                
                
                     [Machir] 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Pronoun - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1931 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        pron 3p s<BR> 1) he, she, it <BR> 1a) himself (with emphasis) <BR> 1b) resuming subj with emphasis <BR> 1c) (with minimum emphasis following predicate) <BR> 1d) (anticipating subj) <BR> 1e) (emphasising predicate) <BR> 1f) that, it (neuter) demons pron <BR> 2) that (with article) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hū
         [Machir] 
    
 
        
            הָיָה֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הָיָה֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hā·yāh
                
                
                     was 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Qal - Perfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1961 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to be, become, come to pass, exist, happen, fall out <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) ----- <BR> 1a1a) to happen, fall out, occur, take place, come about, come to pass <BR> 1a1b) to come about, come to pass <BR> 1a2) to come into being, become <BR> 1a2a) to arise, appear, come <BR> 1a2b) to become <BR> 1a2b1) to become <BR> 1a2b2) to become like <BR> 1a2b3) to be instituted, be established <BR> 1a3) to be <BR> 1a3a) to exist, be in existence <BR> 1a3b) to abide, remain, continue (with word of place or time) <BR> 1a3c) to stand, lie, be in, be at, be situated (with word of locality) <BR> 1a3d) to accompany, be with <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to occur, come to pass, be done, be brought about <BR> 1b2) to be done, be finished, be gone 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hā·yāh
         was 
    
 
        
            אִ֣ישׁ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אִ֣ישׁ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’îš
                
                
                     a man 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        376 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) man <BR> 1a) man, male (in contrast to woman, female) <BR> 1b) husband <BR> 1c) human being, person (in contrast to God) <BR> 1d) servant <BR> 1e) mankind <BR> 1f) champion <BR> 1g) great man <BR> 2) whosoever <BR> 3) each (adjective) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’îš
         a man 
    
 
        
            מִלְחָמָ֔ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מִלְחָמָ֔ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    mil·ḥā·māh
                
                
                     of war . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4421 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) battle, war 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        mil·ḥā·māh
         of war . 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            So this allotment was for the rest of the descendants of Manasseh—the clans of Abiezer, Helek, Asriel, Shechem, Hepher, and Shemida. These are the other male descendants of the clans of Manasseh son of Joseph.
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            חֵ֖פֶר 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
חֵ֖פֶר 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ḥê·p̄er
                
                
                     Hepher , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2660 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Hepher = |a well| <BR> n pr m <BR> 1) youngest son of Gilead and head of the family of Hepherites <BR> 2) son of Asher, the father of Tekoa <BR> 3) the Mecherathite, one of David's mighty warriors <BR> n pr loc <BR> 4) a place in ancient Canaan, west of the Jordan, conquered by Joshua site unknown <BR> 4a) a place in Judah, probably the same as 4 above 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ḥê·p̄er
         Hepher , 
    
 
        
            וְלִבְנֵ֣י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְלִבְנֵ֣י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·liḇ·nê
                
                
                     . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw, Preposition-l | Noun - masculine plural construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1121 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) son, grandson, child, member of a group <BR> 1a) son, male child <BR> 1b) grandson <BR> 1c) children (pl. - male and female) <BR> 1d) youth, young men (pl.) <BR> 1e) young (of animals) <BR> 1f) sons (as characterisation, i.e. sons of injustice [for un- righteous men] or sons of God [for angels] <BR> 1g) people (of a nation) (pl.) <BR> 1h) of lifeless things, i.e. sparks, stars, arrows (fig.) <BR> 1i) a member of a guild, order, class 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·liḇ·nê
         . . . 
    
 
        
            שְׁמִידָ֑ע 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
שְׁמִידָ֑ע 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    šə·mî·ḏā‘
                
                
                     and Shemida . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        8061 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Shemida = |wise|<BR> 1) a son of Gilead, grandson of Manasseh, and progenitor of a family in Manasseh 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        šə·mî·ḏā‘
         and Shemida . 
    
 
        
            אֵ֠לֶּה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֵ֠לֶּה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’êl·leh
                
                
                     These 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Pronoun - common plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        428 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) these <BR> 1a) used before antecedent <BR> 1b) used following antecedent 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’êl·leh
         These 
    
 
        
            הַזְּכָרִ֖ים 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הַזְּכָרִ֖ים 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    haz·zə·ḵā·rîm
                
                
                     are the other male 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Noun - masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2145 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        n m <BR> 1) male (of humans and animals) <BR> adj <BR> 2) male (of humans) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        haz·zə·ḵā·rîm
         are the other male 
    
 
        
            בְּנֵ֨י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בְּנֵ֨י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    bə·nê
                
                
                     descendants 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine plural construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1121 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) son, grandson, child, member of a group <BR> 1a) son, male child <BR> 1b) grandson <BR> 1c) children (pl. - male and female) <BR> 1d) youth, young men (pl.) <BR> 1e) young (of animals) <BR> 1f) sons (as characterisation, i.e. sons of injustice [for un- righteous men] or sons of God [for angels] <BR> 1g) people (of a nation) (pl.) <BR> 1h) of lifeless things, i.e. sparks, stars, arrows (fig.) <BR> 1i) a member of a guild, order, class 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        bə·nê
         descendants 
    
 
        
            לְמִשְׁפְּחֹתָֽם׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לְמִשְׁפְּחֹתָֽם׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lə·miš·pə·ḥō·ṯām
                
                
                     of the clans 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-l | Noun - feminine plural construct | third person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4940 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) clan, family <BR> 1a) clan <BR> 1a1) family <BR> 1a2) tribe <BR> 1a3) people, nation <BR> 1b) guild <BR> 1c) species, kind <BR> 1d) aristocrats 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lə·miš·pə·ḥō·ṯām
         of the clans 
    
 
        
            מְנַשֶּׁ֧ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מְנַשֶּׁ֧ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    mə·naš·šeh
                
                
                     of Manasseh 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4519 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Manasseh = |causing to forget|<BR> 1) the eldest son of Joseph and progenitor of the tribe of Manasseh <BR> 1a) the tribe descended from Manasseh <BR> 1b) the territory occupied by the tribe of Manasseh <BR> 2) son of king Hezekiah of Judah and himself king of Judah; he was the immediate and direct cause for the exile <BR> 3) a descendant of Pahath-moab who put away a foreign wife in the time of Ezra <BR> 4) a descendant of Hashum who put away a foreign wife in the time of Ezra 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        mə·naš·šeh
         of Manasseh 
    
 
        
            בֶּן־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בֶּן־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ben-
                
                
                     son 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1121 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) son, grandson, child, member of a group <BR> 1a) son, male child <BR> 1b) grandson <BR> 1c) children (pl. - male and female) <BR> 1d) youth, young men (pl.) <BR> 1e) young (of animals) <BR> 1f) sons (as characterisation, i.e. sons of injustice [for un- righteous men] or sons of God [for angels] <BR> 1g) people (of a nation) (pl.) <BR> 1h) of lifeless things, i.e. sparks, stars, arrows (fig.) <BR> 1i) a member of a guild, order, class 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ben-
         son 
    
 
        
            יוֹסֵ֛ף 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יוֹסֵ֛ף 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    yō·w·sêp̄
                
                
                     of Joseph . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3130 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Joseph = |Jehovah has added|<BR> 1) the eldest son of Jacob by Rachel <BR> 2) father of Igal, who represented the tribe of Issachar among the spies <BR> 3) a son of Asaph <BR> 4) a man who took a foreign wife in the time of Ezra <BR> 5) a priest of the family of Shebaniah in the time of Nehemiah 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        yō·w·sêp̄
         of Joseph . 
    
 
        
            וַ֠יְהִי 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וַ֠יְהִי 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    way·hî
                
                
                     So this allotment was 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Qal - Consecutive imperfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1961 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to be, become, come to pass, exist, happen, fall out <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) ----- <BR> 1a1a) to happen, fall out, occur, take place, come about, come to pass <BR> 1a1b) to come about, come to pass <BR> 1a2) to come into being, become <BR> 1a2a) to arise, appear, come <BR> 1a2b) to become <BR> 1a2b1) to become <BR> 1a2b2) to become like <BR> 1a2b3) to be instituted, be established <BR> 1a3) to be <BR> 1a3a) to exist, be in existence <BR> 1a3b) to abide, remain, continue (with word of place or time) <BR> 1a3c) to stand, lie, be in, be at, be situated (with word of locality) <BR> 1a3d) to accompany, be with <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to occur, come to pass, be done, be brought about <BR> 1b2) to be done, be finished, be gone 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        way·hî
         So this allotment was 
    
 
        
            הַנּוֹתָרִים֮ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הַנּוֹתָרִים֮ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    han·nō·w·ṯā·rîm
                
                
                     for the rest 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Verb - Nifal - Participle - masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3498 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to be left over, remain, remain over, leave <BR> 1a) (Qal) remainder (participle) <BR> 1b) (Niphal) to be left over, remain over, be left behind <BR> 1c) (Hiphil) <BR> 1c1) to leave over, leave <BR> 1c2) to save over, preserve alive <BR> 1c3) to excel, show pre-eminence <BR> 1c4) to show excess, have more than enough, have an excess 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        han·nō·w·ṯā·rîm
         for the rest 
    
 
        
            לִבְנֵ֨י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לִבְנֵ֨י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    liḇ·nê
                
                
                     of the descendants 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-l | Noun - masculine plural construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1121 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) son, grandson, child, member of a group <BR> 1a) son, male child <BR> 1b) grandson <BR> 1c) children (pl. - male and female) <BR> 1d) youth, young men (pl.) <BR> 1e) young (of animals) <BR> 1f) sons (as characterisation, i.e. sons of injustice [for un- righteous men] or sons of God [for angels] <BR> 1g) people (of a nation) (pl.) <BR> 1h) of lifeless things, i.e. sparks, stars, arrows (fig.) <BR> 1i) a member of a guild, order, class 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        liḇ·nê
         of the descendants 
    
 
        
            מְנַשֶּׁ֥ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מְנַשֶּׁ֥ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    mə·naš·šeh
                
                
                     of Manasseh 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4519 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Manasseh = |causing to forget|<BR> 1) the eldest son of Joseph and progenitor of the tribe of Manasseh <BR> 1a) the tribe descended from Manasseh <BR> 1b) the territory occupied by the tribe of Manasseh <BR> 2) son of king Hezekiah of Judah and himself king of Judah; he was the immediate and direct cause for the exile <BR> 3) a descendant of Pahath-moab who put away a foreign wife in the time of Ezra <BR> 4) a descendant of Hashum who put away a foreign wife in the time of Ezra 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        mə·naš·šeh
         of Manasseh 
    
 
        
            לְמִשְׁפְּחֹתָם֒ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לְמִשְׁפְּחֹתָם֒ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lə·miš·pə·ḥō·ṯām
                
                
                     - — 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-l | Noun - feminine plural construct | third person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4940 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) clan, family <BR> 1a) clan <BR> 1a1) family <BR> 1a2) tribe <BR> 1a3) people, nation <BR> 1b) guild <BR> 1c) species, kind <BR> 1d) aristocrats 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lə·miš·pə·ḥō·ṯām
         - — 
    
 
        
            לִבְנֵ֨י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לִבְנֵ֨י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    liḇ·nê
                
                
                     the clans 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-l | Noun - masculine plural construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1121 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) son, grandson, child, member of a group <BR> 1a) son, male child <BR> 1b) grandson <BR> 1c) children (pl. - male and female) <BR> 1d) youth, young men (pl.) <BR> 1e) young (of animals) <BR> 1f) sons (as characterisation, i.e. sons of injustice [for un- righteous men] or sons of God [for angels] <BR> 1g) people (of a nation) (pl.) <BR> 1h) of lifeless things, i.e. sparks, stars, arrows (fig.) <BR> 1i) a member of a guild, order, class 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        liḇ·nê
         the clans 
    
 
        
            אֲבִיעֶ֜זֶר 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֲבִיעֶ֜זֶר 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ă·ḇî·‘e·zer
                
                
                     of Abiezer , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        44 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Abiezer = |my father is help|<BR> 1) a Manassite, called |son| of Gilead, also son of Gilead's sister <BR> 2) a Benjamite, warrior of David 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ă·ḇî·‘e·zer
         of Abiezer , 
    
 
        
            וְלִבְנֵי־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְלִבְנֵי־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·liḇ·nê-
                
                
                     - 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw, Preposition-l | Noun - masculine plural construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1121 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) son, grandson, child, member of a group <BR> 1a) son, male child <BR> 1b) grandson <BR> 1c) children (pl. - male and female) <BR> 1d) youth, young men (pl.) <BR> 1e) young (of animals) <BR> 1f) sons (as characterisation, i.e. sons of injustice [for un- righteous men] or sons of God [for angels] <BR> 1g) people (of a nation) (pl.) <BR> 1h) of lifeless things, i.e. sparks, stars, arrows (fig.) <BR> 1i) a member of a guild, order, class 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·liḇ·nê-
         - 
    
 
        
            חֵ֗לֶק 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
חֵ֗לֶק 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ḥê·leq
                
                
                     Helek , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2507 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Helek = |portion|<BR> 1) a descendant of Manasseh, and 2nd son of Gilead 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ḥê·leq
         Helek , 
    
 
        
            וְלִבְנֵ֤י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְלִבְנֵ֤י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·liḇ·nê
                
                
                     - 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw, Preposition-l | Noun - masculine plural construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1121 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) son, grandson, child, member of a group <BR> 1a) son, male child <BR> 1b) grandson <BR> 1c) children (pl. - male and female) <BR> 1d) youth, young men (pl.) <BR> 1e) young (of animals) <BR> 1f) sons (as characterisation, i.e. sons of injustice [for un- righteous men] or sons of God [for angels] <BR> 1g) people (of a nation) (pl.) <BR> 1h) of lifeless things, i.e. sparks, stars, arrows (fig.) <BR> 1i) a member of a guild, order, class 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·liḇ·nê
         - 
    
 
        
            אַשְׂרִיאֵל֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אַשְׂרִיאֵל֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’aś·rî·’êl
                
                
                     Asriel , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        844 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Ashriel or Asriel = |I shall be prince of God|<BR> 1) a great-grandson of Manasseh, and son of Gilead <BR> 2) a son of Manasseh 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’aś·rî·’êl
         Asriel , 
    
 
        
            וְלִבְנֵי־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְלִבְנֵי־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·liḇ·nê-
                
                
                     . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw, Preposition-l | Noun - masculine plural construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1121 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) son, grandson, child, member of a group <BR> 1a) son, male child <BR> 1b) grandson <BR> 1c) children (pl. - male and female) <BR> 1d) youth, young men (pl.) <BR> 1e) young (of animals) <BR> 1f) sons (as characterisation, i.e. sons of injustice [for un- righteous men] or sons of God [for angels] <BR> 1g) people (of a nation) (pl.) <BR> 1h) of lifeless things, i.e. sparks, stars, arrows (fig.) <BR> 1i) a member of a guild, order, class 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·liḇ·nê-
         . . . 
    
 
        
            שֶׁ֔כֶם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
שֶׁ֔כֶם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    še·ḵem
                
                
                     Shechem , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7928 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Shechem = |back| or |shoulder|<BR> 1) son of Gilead and grandson of Manasseh <BR> 2) a Manassite, son of Shemida 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        še·ḵem
         Shechem , 
    
 
        
            וְלִבְנֵי־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְלִבְנֵי־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·liḇ·nê-
                
                
                     . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw, Preposition-l | Noun - masculine plural construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1121 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) son, grandson, child, member of a group <BR> 1a) son, male child <BR> 1b) grandson <BR> 1c) children (pl. - male and female) <BR> 1d) youth, young men (pl.) <BR> 1e) young (of animals) <BR> 1f) sons (as characterisation, i.e. sons of injustice [for un- righteous men] or sons of God [for angels] <BR> 1g) people (of a nation) (pl.) <BR> 1h) of lifeless things, i.e. sparks, stars, arrows (fig.) <BR> 1i) a member of a guild, order, class 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·liḇ·nê-
         . . . 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            But Zelophehad son of Hepher (the son of Gilead, the son of Machir, the son of Manasseh) had no sons but only daughters. These are the names of his daughters: Mahlah, Noah, Hoglah, Milcah, and Tirzah.
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            וְלִצְלָפְחָד֩ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְלִצְלָפְחָד֩ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·liṣ·lā·p̄ə·ḥāḏ
                
                
                     But Zelophehad 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw, Preposition-l | Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6765 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Zelophehad = |first-born|<BR> 1) a Manassite, son of Hepher and grandson of Gilead; came out of Egypt with Moses and died in the wilderness leaving only five daughters as heirs; their right to the inheritance was confirmed by divine direction 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·liṣ·lā·p̄ə·ḥāḏ
         But Zelophehad 
    
 
        
            בֶּן־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בֶּן־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ben-
                
                
                     son 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1121 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) son, grandson, child, member of a group <BR> 1a) son, male child <BR> 1b) grandson <BR> 1c) children (pl. - male and female) <BR> 1d) youth, young men (pl.) <BR> 1e) young (of animals) <BR> 1f) sons (as characterisation, i.e. sons of injustice [for un- righteous men] or sons of God [for angels] <BR> 1g) people (of a nation) (pl.) <BR> 1h) of lifeless things, i.e. sparks, stars, arrows (fig.) <BR> 1i) a member of a guild, order, class 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ben-
         son 
    
 
        
            חֵ֨פֶר 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
חֵ֨פֶר 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ḥê·p̄er
                
                
                     of Hepher 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2660 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Hepher = |a well| <BR> n pr m <BR> 1) youngest son of Gilead and head of the family of Hepherites <BR> 2) son of Asher, the father of Tekoa <BR> 3) the Mecherathite, one of David's mighty warriors <BR> n pr loc <BR> 4) a place in ancient Canaan, west of the Jordan, conquered by Joshua site unknown <BR> 4a) a place in Judah, probably the same as 4 above 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ḥê·p̄er
         of Hepher 
    
 
        
            בֶּן־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בֶּן־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ben-
                
                
                     ( the son 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1121 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) son, grandson, child, member of a group <BR> 1a) son, male child <BR> 1b) grandson <BR> 1c) children (pl. - male and female) <BR> 1d) youth, young men (pl.) <BR> 1e) young (of animals) <BR> 1f) sons (as characterisation, i.e. sons of injustice [for un- righteous men] or sons of God [for angels] <BR> 1g) people (of a nation) (pl.) <BR> 1h) of lifeless things, i.e. sparks, stars, arrows (fig.) <BR> 1i) a member of a guild, order, class 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ben-
         ( the son 
    
 
        
            גִּלְעָ֜ד 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
גִּלְעָ֜ד 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    gil·‘āḏ
                
                
                     of Gilead , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1568 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        n pr loc Gilead = |rocky region|<BR> 1) a mountainous region bounded on the west by the Jordan, on the north by Bashan, on the east by the Arabian plateau, and on the south by Moab and Ammon; sometimes called 'Mount Gilead' or the 'land of Gilead' or just 'Gilead'. Divided into north and south Gilead <BR> 2) a city (with prefix 'Jabesh') <BR> 3) the people of the region <BR> n pr m <BR> 4) son of Machir and grandson of Manasseh <BR> 5) father of Jephthah <BR> 6) a Gadite 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        gil·‘āḏ
         of Gilead , 
    
 
        
            בֶּן־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בֶּן־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ben-
                
                
                     the son 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1121 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) son, grandson, child, member of a group <BR> 1a) son, male child <BR> 1b) grandson <BR> 1c) children (pl. - male and female) <BR> 1d) youth, young men (pl.) <BR> 1e) young (of animals) <BR> 1f) sons (as characterisation, i.e. sons of injustice [for un- righteous men] or sons of God [for angels] <BR> 1g) people (of a nation) (pl.) <BR> 1h) of lifeless things, i.e. sparks, stars, arrows (fig.) <BR> 1i) a member of a guild, order, class 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ben-
         the son 
    
 
        
            מָכִ֣יר 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מָכִ֣יר 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    mā·ḵîr
                
                
                     of Machir , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4353 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Machir = |sold|<BR> 1) eldest son of Manasseh by an Aramite or Syrian concubine and progenitor of a large family <BR> 2) son of Ammiel, a powerful chief of one of the Transjordanic tribes who rendered essential services to Saul and to David 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        mā·ḵîr
         of Machir , 
    
 
        
            בֶּן־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בֶּן־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ben-
                
                
                     the son 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1121 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) son, grandson, child, member of a group <BR> 1a) son, male child <BR> 1b) grandson <BR> 1c) children (pl. - male and female) <BR> 1d) youth, young men (pl.) <BR> 1e) young (of animals) <BR> 1f) sons (as characterisation, i.e. sons of injustice [for un- righteous men] or sons of God [for angels] <BR> 1g) people (of a nation) (pl.) <BR> 1h) of lifeless things, i.e. sparks, stars, arrows (fig.) <BR> 1i) a member of a guild, order, class 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ben-
         the son 
    
 
        
            מְנַשֶּׁ֗ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מְנַשֶּׁ֗ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    mə·naš·šeh
                
                
                     of Manasseh ) 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4519 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Manasseh = |causing to forget|<BR> 1) the eldest son of Joseph and progenitor of the tribe of Manasseh <BR> 1a) the tribe descended from Manasseh <BR> 1b) the territory occupied by the tribe of Manasseh <BR> 2) son of king Hezekiah of Judah and himself king of Judah; he was the immediate and direct cause for the exile <BR> 3) a descendant of Pahath-moab who put away a foreign wife in the time of Ezra <BR> 4) a descendant of Hashum who put away a foreign wife in the time of Ezra 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        mə·naš·šeh
         of Manasseh ) 
    
 
        
            הָ֥יוּ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הָ֥יוּ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hā·yū
                
                
                     had 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Qal - Perfect - third person common plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1961 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to be, become, come to pass, exist, happen, fall out <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) ----- <BR> 1a1a) to happen, fall out, occur, take place, come about, come to pass <BR> 1a1b) to come about, come to pass <BR> 1a2) to come into being, become <BR> 1a2a) to arise, appear, come <BR> 1a2b) to become <BR> 1a2b1) to become <BR> 1a2b2) to become like <BR> 1a2b3) to be instituted, be established <BR> 1a3) to be <BR> 1a3a) to exist, be in existence <BR> 1a3b) to abide, remain, continue (with word of place or time) <BR> 1a3c) to stand, lie, be in, be at, be situated (with word of locality) <BR> 1a3d) to accompany, be with <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to occur, come to pass, be done, be brought about <BR> 1b2) to be done, be finished, be gone 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hā·yū
         had 
    
 
        
            ל֛וֹ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
ל֛וֹ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lōw
                
                
                     . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition | third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                         
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                         
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lōw
         . . . 
    
 
        
            לֹא־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לֹא־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lō-
                
                
                     no 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Adverb - Negative particle 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3808 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) not, no <BR> 1a) not (with verb-absolute prohibition) <BR> 1b) not (with modifier-negation) <BR> 1c) nothing (subst) <BR> 1d) without (with particle) <BR> 1e) before (of time) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lō-
         no 
    
 
        
            בָּנִ֖ים 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בָּנִ֖ים 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    bā·nîm
                
                
                     sons 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1121 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) son, grandson, child, member of a group <BR> 1a) son, male child <BR> 1b) grandson <BR> 1c) children (pl. - male and female) <BR> 1d) youth, young men (pl.) <BR> 1e) young (of animals) <BR> 1f) sons (as characterisation, i.e. sons of injustice [for un- righteous men] or sons of God [for angels] <BR> 1g) people (of a nation) (pl.) <BR> 1h) of lifeless things, i.e. sparks, stars, arrows (fig.) <BR> 1i) a member of a guild, order, class 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        bā·nîm
         sons 
    
 
        
            כִּ֣י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
כִּ֣י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    kî
                
                
                     but 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunction 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3588 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) that, for, because, when, as though, as, because that, but, then, certainly, except, surely, since <BR> 1a) that <BR> 1a1) yea, indeed <BR> 1b) when (of time) <BR> 1b1) when, if, though (with a concessive force) <BR> 1c) because, since (causal connection) <BR> 1d) but (after negative) <BR> 1e) that if, for if, indeed if, for though, but if <BR> 1f) but rather, but <BR> 1g) except that <BR> 1h) only, nevertheless <BR> 1i) surely <BR> 1j) that is <BR> 1k) but if <BR> 1l) for though <BR> 1m) forasmuch as, for therefore 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        kî
         but 
    
 
        
            אִם־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אִם־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’im-
                
                
                     only 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunction 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        518 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) if <BR> 1a) conditional clauses <BR> 1a1) of possible situations <BR> 1a2) of impossible situations <BR> 1b) oath contexts <BR> 1b1) no, not <BR> 1c) if...if, whether...or, whether...or...or <BR> 1d) when, whenever <BR> 1e) since <BR> 1f) interrogative particle <BR> 1g) but rather 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’im-
         only 
    
 
        
            בָּנ֑וֹת 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בָּנ֑וֹת 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    bā·nō·wṯ
                
                
                     daughters . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - feminine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1323 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        n f<BR> 1) daughter <BR> 1a) daughter, girl, adopted daughter, daughter-in-law, sister, granddaughters, female child, cousin <BR> 1a1) as polite address <BR> n pr f <BR> 1a2) as designation of women of a particular place <BR> 2) young women, women <BR> 1a3) as personification <BR> 1a4) daughter-villages <BR> 1a5) description of character 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        bā·nō·wṯ
         daughters . 
    
 
        
            וְאֵ֙לֶּה֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְאֵ֙לֶּה֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·’êl·leh
                
                
                     These 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Pronoun - common plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        428 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) these <BR> 1a) used before antecedent <BR> 1b) used following antecedent 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·’êl·leh
         These 
    
 
        
            שְׁמ֣וֹת 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
שְׁמ֣וֹת 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    šə·mō·wṯ
                
                
                     are the names 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine plural construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        8034 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) name <BR> 1a) name <BR> 1b) reputation, fame, glory <BR> 1c) the Name (as designation of God) <BR> 1d) memorial, monument 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        šə·mō·wṯ
         are the names 
    
 
        
            בְּנֹתָ֔יו 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בְּנֹתָ֔יו 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    bə·nō·ṯāw
                
                
                     of his daughters : 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - feminine plural construct | third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1323 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        n f<BR> 1) daughter <BR> 1a) daughter, girl, adopted daughter, daughter-in-law, sister, granddaughters, female child, cousin <BR> 1a1) as polite address <BR> n pr f <BR> 1a2) as designation of women of a particular place <BR> 2) young women, women <BR> 1a3) as personification <BR> 1a4) daughter-villages <BR> 1a5) description of character 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        bə·nō·ṯāw
         of his daughters : 
    
 
        
            מַחְלָ֣ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מַחְלָ֣ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    maḥ·lāh
                
                
                     Mahlah , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4244 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Mahlah = |disease|<BR> 1) the eldest of 5 daughters of Zelophehad the grandson of Manasseh <BR> 2) a Gileadite 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        maḥ·lāh
         Mahlah , 
    
 
        
            וְנֹעָ֔ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְנֹעָ֔ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·nō·‘āh
                
                
                     Noah , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Noun - proper - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5270 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Noah = |motion|<BR> 1) one of the 5 daughters of Zelophehad in the time of the exodus 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·nō·‘āh
         Noah , 
    
 
        
            חָגְלָ֥ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
חָגְלָ֥ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ḥā·ḡə·lāh
                
                
                     Hoglah , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2295 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Hoglah = |partridge|<BR> 1) 3rd of 5 daughters of Zelophehad, a descendant of Manasseh 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ḥā·ḡə·lāh
         Hoglah , 
    
 
        
            מִלְכָּ֖ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מִלְכָּ֖ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    mil·kāh
                
                
                     Milcah , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4435 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Milcah = |queen|<BR> 1) daughter of Haran and wife of Nahor, her uncle and Abraham's brother, to whom she bore 8 children <BR> 2) a daughter of Zelophehad and granddaughter of Manasseh 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        mil·kāh
         Milcah , 
    
 
        
            וְתִרְצָֽה׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְתִרְצָֽה׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·ṯir·ṣāh
                
                
                     and Tirzah . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Noun - proper - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        8656 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Tirzah = |favourable| <BR> n pr f <BR> 1) one of the 7 daughters of Zelophehad the son of Hepher of the tribe of Manasseh <BR> n pr loc <BR> 2) one of the kingdoms on the west of the Jordan conquered by Joshua and the Israelites <BR> 3) a Canaanite city, later capital of the northern kingdom of Israel 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·ṯir·ṣāh
         and Tirzah . 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            They approached Eleazar the priest, Joshua son of Nun, and the leaders, and said, “The LORD commanded Moses to give us an inheritance among our brothers.” So Joshua gave them an inheritance among their father’s brothers, in keeping with the command of the LORD.
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            וַתִּקְרַ֡בְנָה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וַתִּקְרַ֡בְנָה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wat·tiq·raḇ·nāh
                
                
                     They approached 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Qal - Consecutive imperfect - third person feminine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7126 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to come near, approach, enter into, draw near <BR> 1a) (Qal) to approach, draw near <BR> 1b) (Niphal) to be brought near <BR> 1c) (Piel) to cause to approach, bring near, cause to draw near <BR> 1d) (Hiphil) to bring near, bring, present 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wat·tiq·raḇ·nāh
         They approached 
    
 
        
            לִפְנֵי֩ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לִפְנֵי֩ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lip̄·nê
                
                
                     . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-l | Noun - common plural construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6440 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) face <BR> 1a) face, faces <BR> 1b) presence, person <BR> 1c) face (of seraphim or cherubim) <BR> 1d) face (of animals) <BR> 1e) face, surface (of ground) <BR> 1f) as adv of loc/temp <BR> 1f1) before and behind, toward, in front of, forward, formerly, from beforetime, before <BR> 1g) with prep <BR> 1g1) in front of, before, to the front of, in the presence of, in the face of, at the face or front of, from the presence of, from before, from before the face of 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lip̄·nê
         . . . 
    
 
        
            אֶלְעָזָ֨ר 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֶלְעָזָ֨ר 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’el·‘ā·zār
                
                
                     Eleazar 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        499 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Eleazar = |God has helped|<BR> 1) the high priest son of Aaron <BR> 2) Abinadab's son who cared for the ark <BR> 3) the priest who rebuilt and dedicated the restored walls of Jerusalem in time of Ezra <BR> 4) one of David's mighty warriors <BR> 5) a Levite <BR> 6) one of the line of Parosh 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’el·‘ā·zār
         Eleazar 
    
 
        
            הַכֹּהֵ֜ן 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הַכֹּהֵ֜ן 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hak·kō·hên
                
                
                     the priest , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3548 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) priest, principal officer or chief ruler <BR> 1a) priest-king (Melchizedek, Messiah) <BR> 1b) pagan priests <BR> 1c) priests of Jehovah <BR> 1d) Levitical priests <BR> 1e) Zadokite priests <BR> 1f) Aaronic priests <BR> 1g) the high priest 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hak·kō·hên
         the priest , 
    
 
        
            וְלִפְנֵ֣י׀ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְלִפְנֵ֣י׀ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·lip̄·nê
                
                
                     . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw, Preposition-l | Noun - common plural construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6440 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) face <BR> 1a) face, faces <BR> 1b) presence, person <BR> 1c) face (of seraphim or cherubim) <BR> 1d) face (of animals) <BR> 1e) face, surface (of ground) <BR> 1f) as adv of loc/temp <BR> 1f1) before and behind, toward, in front of, forward, formerly, from beforetime, before <BR> 1g) with prep <BR> 1g1) in front of, before, to the front of, in the presence of, in the face of, at the face or front of, from the presence of, from before, from before the face of 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·lip̄·nê
         . . . 
    
 
        
            יְהוֹשֻׁ֣עַ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יְהוֹשֻׁ֣עַ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    yə·hō·wō·šu·a‘
                
                
                     Joshua 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3091 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Joshua or Jehoshua = |Jehovah is salvation| <BR> n pr m <BR> 1) son of Nun of the tribe of Ephraim and successor to Moses as the leader of the children of Israel; led the conquest of Canaan <BR> 2) a resident of Beth-shemesh on whose land the Ark of the Covenant came to a stop after the Philistines returned it <BR> 3) son of Jehozadak and high priest after the restoration <BR> 4) governor of Jerusalem under king Josiah who gave his name to a gate of the city of Jerusalem 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        yə·hō·wō·šu·a‘
         Joshua 
    
 
        
            בִּן־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בִּן־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    bin-
                
                
                     son 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1121 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) son, grandson, child, member of a group <BR> 1a) son, male child <BR> 1b) grandson <BR> 1c) children (pl. - male and female) <BR> 1d) youth, young men (pl.) <BR> 1e) young (of animals) <BR> 1f) sons (as characterisation, i.e. sons of injustice [for un- righteous men] or sons of God [for angels] <BR> 1g) people (of a nation) (pl.) <BR> 1h) of lifeless things, i.e. sparks, stars, arrows (fig.) <BR> 1i) a member of a guild, order, class 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        bin-
         son 
    
 
        
            נ֗וּן 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
נ֗וּן 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    nūn
                
                
                     of Nun , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5126 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Nun = |fish| or |posterity|<BR> 1) father of Joshua the successor of Moses 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        nūn
         of Nun , 
    
 
        
            וְלִפְנֵ֤י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְלִפְנֵ֤י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·lip̄·nê
                
                
                     . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw, Preposition-l | Noun - common plural construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6440 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) face <BR> 1a) face, faces <BR> 1b) presence, person <BR> 1c) face (of seraphim or cherubim) <BR> 1d) face (of animals) <BR> 1e) face, surface (of ground) <BR> 1f) as adv of loc/temp <BR> 1f1) before and behind, toward, in front of, forward, formerly, from beforetime, before <BR> 1g) with prep <BR> 1g1) in front of, before, to the front of, in the presence of, in the face of, at the face or front of, from the presence of, from before, from before the face of 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·lip̄·nê
         . . . 
    
 
        
            הַנְּשִׂיאִים֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הַנְּשִׂיאִים֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    han·nə·śî·’îm
                
                
                     and the leaders , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Noun - masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5387 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) one lifted up, chief, prince, captain, leader <BR> 2) rising mist, vapour 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        han·nə·śî·’îm
         and the leaders , 
    
 
        
            לֵאמֹ֔ר 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לֵאמֹ֔ר 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lê·mōr
                
                
                     and said , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-l | Verb - Qal - Infinitive construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        559 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to say, speak, utter <BR> 1a) (Qal) to say, to answer, to say in one's heart, to think, to command, to promise, to intend <BR> 1b) (Niphal) to be told, to be said, to be called <BR> 1c) (Hithpael) to boast, to act proudly <BR> 1d) (Hiphil) to avow, to avouch 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lê·mōr
         and said , 
    
 
        
            יְהוָה֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יְהוָה֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    Yah·weh
                
                
                     “ The LORD 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3068 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Jehovah = |the existing One|<BR> 1) the proper name of the one true God <BR> 1a) unpronounced except with the vowel pointings of H0136 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        Yah·weh
         “ The LORD 
    
 
        
            צִוָּ֣ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
צִוָּ֣ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ṣiw·wāh
                
                
                     commanded 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Piel - Perfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6680 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to command, charge, give orders, lay charge, give charge to, order <BR> 1a)(Piel) <BR> 1a1) to lay charge upon <BR> 1a2) to give charge to, give command to <BR> 1a3) to give charge unto <BR> 1a4) to give charge over, appoint <BR> 1a5) to give charge, command <BR> 1a6) to charge, command <BR> 1a7) to charge, commission <BR> 1a8) to command, appoint, ordain (of divine act) <BR> 1b) (Pual) to be commanded 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ṣiw·wāh
         commanded 
    
 
        
            אֶת־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֶת־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’eṯ-
                
                
                     - 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Direct object marker 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        853 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) sign of the definite direct object, not translated in English but generally preceding and indicating the accusative 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’eṯ-
         - 
    
 
        
            מֹשֶׁ֔ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מֹשֶׁ֔ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    mō·šeh
                
                
                     Moses 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4872 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Moses = |drawn|<BR> 1) the prophet and lawgiver, leader of the exodus 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        mō·šeh
         Moses 
    
 
        
            לָֽתֶת־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לָֽתֶת־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lā·ṯeṯ-
                
                
                     to give 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-l | Verb - Qal - Infinitive construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5414 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to give, put, set <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to give, bestow, grant, permit, ascribe, employ, devote, consecrate, dedicate, pay wages, sell, exchange, lend, commit, entrust, give over, deliver up, yield produce, occasion, produce, requite to, report, mention, utter, stretch out, extend <BR> 1a2) to put, set, put on, put upon, set, appoint, assign, designate <BR> 1a3) to make, constitute <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to be given, be bestowed, be provided, be entrusted to, be granted to, be permitted, be issued, be published, be uttered, be assigned <BR> 1b2) to be set, be put, be made, be inflicted <BR> 1c) (Hophal) <BR> 1c1) to be given, be bestowed, be given up, be delivered up <BR> 1c2) to be put upon 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lā·ṯeṯ-
         to give 
    
 
        
            לָ֥נוּ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לָ֥נוּ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lā·nū
                
                
                     us 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition | first person common plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                         
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                         
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lā·nū
         us 
    
 
        
            נַחֲלָ֖ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
נַחֲלָ֖ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    na·ḥă·lāh
                
                
                     an inheritance 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5159 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) possession, property, inheritance, heritage <BR> 1a) property <BR> 1b) portion, share<BR> 1c) inheritance, portion 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        na·ḥă·lāh
         an inheritance 
    
 
        
            בְּת֣וֹךְ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בְּת֣וֹךְ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    bə·ṯō·wḵ
                
                
                     among 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-b | Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        8432 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) midst, middle <BR> 1a) midst, middle <BR> 1b) into, through (after verbs of motion) <BR> 1c) among (of a number of persons) <BR> 1d) between (of things arranged by twos) <BR> 1e) from among (as to take or separate etc) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        bə·ṯō·wḵ
         among 
    
 
        
            אַחֵ֑ינוּ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אַחֵ֑ינוּ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’a·ḥê·nū
                
                
                     our brothers . ” 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine plural construct | first person common plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        251 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) brother <BR> 1a) brother of same parents <BR> 1b) half-brother (same father)<BR> 1c) relative, kinship, same tribe <BR> 1d) each to the other (reciprocal relationship) <BR> 1e) (fig.) of resemblance 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’a·ḥê·nū
         our brothers . ” 
    
 
        
            וַיִּתֵּ֨ן 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וַיִּתֵּ֨ן 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    way·yit·tên
                
                
                     So [Joshua] gave 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Qal - Consecutive imperfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5414 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to give, put, set <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to give, bestow, grant, permit, ascribe, employ, devote, consecrate, dedicate, pay wages, sell, exchange, lend, commit, entrust, give over, deliver up, yield produce, occasion, produce, requite to, report, mention, utter, stretch out, extend <BR> 1a2) to put, set, put on, put upon, set, appoint, assign, designate <BR> 1a3) to make, constitute <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to be given, be bestowed, be provided, be entrusted to, be granted to, be permitted, be issued, be published, be uttered, be assigned <BR> 1b2) to be set, be put, be made, be inflicted <BR> 1c) (Hophal) <BR> 1c1) to be given, be bestowed, be given up, be delivered up <BR> 1c2) to be put upon 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        way·yit·tên
         So [Joshua] gave 
    
 
        
            לָהֶ֜ם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לָהֶ֜ם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lā·hem
                
                
                     them 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition | third person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                         
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                         
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lā·hem
         them 
    
 
        
            נַֽחֲלָ֔ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
נַֽחֲלָ֔ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    na·ḥă·lāh
                
                
                     an inheritance 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5159 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) possession, property, inheritance, heritage <BR> 1a) property <BR> 1b) portion, share<BR> 1c) inheritance, portion 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        na·ḥă·lāh
         an inheritance 
    
 
        
            בְּת֖וֹךְ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בְּת֖וֹךְ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    bə·ṯō·wḵ
                
                
                     among 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-b | Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        8432 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) midst, middle <BR> 1a) midst, middle <BR> 1b) into, through (after verbs of motion) <BR> 1c) among (of a number of persons) <BR> 1d) between (of things arranged by twos) <BR> 1e) from among (as to take or separate etc) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        bə·ṯō·wḵ
         among 
    
 
        
            אֲבִיהֶֽן׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֲבִיהֶֽן׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ă·ḇî·hen
                
                
                     their father’s 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct | third person feminine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) father of an individual <BR> 2) of God as father of his people <BR> 3) head or founder of a household, group, family, or clan <BR> 4) ancestor <BR> 4a) grandfather, forefathers -- of person <BR> 4b) of people <BR> 5) originator or patron of a class, profession, or art <BR> 6) of producer, generator (fig.) <BR> 7) of benevolence and protection (fig.) <BR> 8) term of respect and honour <BR> 9) ruler or chief (spec.) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ă·ḇî·hen
         their father’s 
    
 
        
            אֲחֵ֥י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֲחֵ֥י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ă·ḥê
                
                
                     brothers , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine plural construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        251 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) brother <BR> 1a) brother of same parents <BR> 1b) half-brother (same father)<BR> 1c) relative, kinship, same tribe <BR> 1d) each to the other (reciprocal relationship) <BR> 1e) (fig.) of resemblance 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ă·ḥê
         brothers , 
    
 
        
            אֶל־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֶל־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’el-
                
                
                     in keeping with 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        413 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to, toward, unto (of motion) <BR> 2) into (limit is actually entered) <BR> 2a) in among <BR> 3) toward (of direction, not necessarily physical motion) <BR> 4) against (motion or direction of a hostile character) <BR> 5) in addition to, to <BR> 6) concerning, in regard to, in reference to, on account of <BR> 7) according to (rule or standard) <BR> 8) at, by, against (of one's presence) <BR> 9) in between, in within, to within, unto (idea of motion to) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’el-
         in keeping with 
    
 
        
            פִּ֤י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
פִּ֤י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    pî
                
                
                     the command of 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6310 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        peh<BR> 1) mouth <BR> 1a) mouth (of man)<BR> 1b) mouth (as organ of speech) <BR> 1c) mouth (of animals) <BR> 1d) mouth, opening, orifice (of a well, river, etc) <BR> 1e) extremity, end pim <BR> 2) a weight equal to one third of a shekel, occurs only in 1Sa 13:21 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        pî
         the command of 
    
 
        
            יְהוָה֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יְהוָה֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    Yah·weh
                
                
                     the LORD . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3068 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Jehovah = |the existing One|<BR> 1) the proper name of the one true God <BR> 1a) unpronounced except with the vowel pointings of H0136 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        Yah·weh
         the LORD . 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            Thus ten shares fell to Manasseh, in addition to the land of Gilead and Bashan beyond the Jordan,
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            עֲשָׂרָ֑ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עֲשָׂרָ֑ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ‘ă·śā·rāh
                
                
                     Thus ten 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Number - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6235 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) ten <BR> 1a) ten <BR> 1b) with other numbers 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ‘ă·śā·rāh
         Thus ten 
    
 
        
            חַבְלֵֽי־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
חַבְלֵֽי־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ḥaḇ·lê-
                
                
                     shares 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine plural construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2256 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) a cord, rope, territory, band, company <BR> 1a) a rope, cord <BR> 1b) a measuring-cord or line <BR> 1c) a measured portion, lot, part, region <BR> 1d) a band or company <BR> 2) pain, sorrow, travail, pang <BR> 2a) pains of travail <BR> 2b) pains, pangs, sorrows <BR> 3) union <BR> 4) destruction 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ḥaḇ·lê-
         shares 
    
 
        
            וַיִּפְּל֥וּ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וַיִּפְּל֥וּ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    way·yip·pə·lū
                
                
                     fell 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Qal - Consecutive imperfect - third person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5307 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to fall, lie, be cast down, fail <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to fall <BR> 1a2) to fall (of violent death) <BR> 1a3) to fall prostrate, prostrate oneself before <BR> 1a4) to fall upon, attack, desert, fall away to, go away to, fall into the hand of <BR> 1a5) to fall short, fail, fall out, turn out, result <BR> 1a6) to settle, waste away, be offered, be inferior to <BR> 1a7) to lie, lie prostrate <BR> 1b) (Hiphil) <BR> 1b1) to cause to fall, fell, throw down, knock out, lay prostrate <BR> 1b2) to overthrow <BR> 1b3) to make the lot fall, assign by lot, apportion by lot <BR> 1b4) to let drop, cause to fail (fig.) <BR> 1b5) to cause to fall <BR> 1c) (Hithpael) <BR> 1c1) to throw or prostrate oneself, throw oneself upon <BR> 1c2) to lie prostrate, prostrate oneself <BR> 1d) (Pilel) to fall 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        way·yip·pə·lū
         fell 
    
 
        
            מְנַשֶּׁ֖ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מְנַשֶּׁ֖ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    mə·naš·šeh
                
                
                     to Manasseh , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4519 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Manasseh = |causing to forget|<BR> 1) the eldest son of Joseph and progenitor of the tribe of Manasseh <BR> 1a) the tribe descended from Manasseh <BR> 1b) the territory occupied by the tribe of Manasseh <BR> 2) son of king Hezekiah of Judah and himself king of Judah; he was the immediate and direct cause for the exile <BR> 3) a descendant of Pahath-moab who put away a foreign wife in the time of Ezra <BR> 4) a descendant of Hashum who put away a foreign wife in the time of Ezra 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        mə·naš·šeh
         to Manasseh , 
    
 
        
            לְבַ֞ד 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לְבַ֞ד 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lə·ḇaḏ
                
                
                     in addition to 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-l | Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        905 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) alone, by itself, besides, a part, separation, being alone <BR> 1a) separation, alone, by itself <BR> 1a1) only (adv) <BR> 1a2) apart from, besides (prep) <BR> 1b) part <BR> 1c) parts (eg limbs, shoots), bars 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lə·ḇaḏ
         in addition to 
    
 
        
            מֵאֶ֤רֶץ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מֵאֶ֤רֶץ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    mê·’e·reṣ
                
                
                     the land 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-m | Noun - feminine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        776 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) land, earth<BR> 1a) earth <BR> 1a1) whole earth (as opposed to a part) <BR> 1a2) earth (as opposed to heaven) <BR> 1a3) earth (inhabitants) <BR> 1b) land <BR> 1b1) country, territory <BR> 1b2) district, region <BR> 1b3) tribal territory <BR> 1b4) piece of ground <BR> 1b5) land of Canaan, Israel <BR> 1b6) inhabitants of land <BR> 1b7) Sheol, land without return, (under) world <BR> 1b8) city (-state) <BR> 1c) ground, surface of the earth <BR> 1c1) ground <BR> 1c2) soil <BR> 1d) (in phrases) <BR> 1d1) people of the land <BR> 1d2) space or distance of country (in measurements of distance) <BR> 1d3) level or plain country <BR> 1d4) land of the living <BR> 1d5) end(s) of the earth <BR> 1e) (almost wholly late in usage) <BR> 1e1) lands, countries <BR> 1e1a) often in contrast to Canaan 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        mê·’e·reṣ
         the land 
    
 
        
            הַגִּלְעָד֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הַגִּלְעָד֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hag·gil·‘āḏ
                
                
                     of Gilead 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Noun - proper - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1568 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        n pr loc Gilead = |rocky region|<BR> 1) a mountainous region bounded on the west by the Jordan, on the north by Bashan, on the east by the Arabian plateau, and on the south by Moab and Ammon; sometimes called 'Mount Gilead' or the 'land of Gilead' or just 'Gilead'. Divided into north and south Gilead <BR> 2) a city (with prefix 'Jabesh') <BR> 3) the people of the region <BR> n pr m <BR> 4) son of Machir and grandson of Manasseh <BR> 5) father of Jephthah <BR> 6) a Gadite 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hag·gil·‘āḏ
         of Gilead 
    
 
        
            וְהַבָּשָׁ֔ן 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְהַבָּשָׁ֔ן 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·hab·bā·šān
                
                
                     and Bashan 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw, Article | Noun - proper - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1316 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Bashan = |fruitful|<BR> 1) a district east of the Jordan known for its fertility which was given to the half-tribe of Manasseh 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·hab·bā·šān
         and Bashan 
    
 
        
            אֲשֶׁ֖ר 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֲשֶׁ֖ר 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ă·šer
                
                
                     - 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Pronoun - relative 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        834 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) (relative part.) <BR> 1a) which, who <BR> 1b) that which <BR> 2) (conj) <BR> 2a) that (in obj clause) <BR> 2b) when <BR> 2c) since <BR> 2d) as <BR> 2e) conditional if 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ă·šer
         - 
    
 
        
            מֵעֵ֥בֶר 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מֵעֵ֥בֶר 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    mê·‘ê·ḇer
                
                
                     beyond 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-m | Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5676 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) region beyond or across, side <BR> 1a) region across or beyond <BR> 1b) side, opposite side 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        mê·‘ê·ḇer
         beyond 
    
 
        
            לַיַּרְדֵּֽן׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לַיַּרְדֵּֽן׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lay·yar·dên
                
                
                     the Jordan , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-l, Article | Noun - proper - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3383 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Jordan = |descender|<BR> 1) the river of Palestine running from the roots of Anti-Lebanon to the Dead Sea a distance of approx 200 miles (320 km) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lay·yar·dên
         the Jordan , 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            because the daughters of Manasseh received an inheritance among his sons. And the land of Gilead belonged to the rest of the sons of Manasseh.
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            כִּ֚י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
כִּ֚י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    kî
                
                
                     because 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunction 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3588 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) that, for, because, when, as though, as, because that, but, then, certainly, except, surely, since <BR> 1a) that <BR> 1a1) yea, indeed <BR> 1b) when (of time) <BR> 1b1) when, if, though (with a concessive force) <BR> 1c) because, since (causal connection) <BR> 1d) but (after negative) <BR> 1e) that if, for if, indeed if, for though, but if <BR> 1f) but rather, but <BR> 1g) except that <BR> 1h) only, nevertheless <BR> 1i) surely <BR> 1j) that is <BR> 1k) but if <BR> 1l) for though <BR> 1m) forasmuch as, for therefore 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        kî
         because 
    
 
        
            בְּנ֣וֹת 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בְּנ֣וֹת 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    bə·nō·wṯ
                
                
                     the daughters 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - feminine plural construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1323 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        n f<BR> 1) daughter <BR> 1a) daughter, girl, adopted daughter, daughter-in-law, sister, granddaughters, female child, cousin <BR> 1a1) as polite address <BR> n pr f <BR> 1a2) as designation of women of a particular place <BR> 2) young women, women <BR> 1a3) as personification <BR> 1a4) daughter-villages <BR> 1a5) description of character 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        bə·nō·wṯ
         the daughters 
    
 
        
            מְנַשֶּׁ֔ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מְנַשֶּׁ֔ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    mə·naš·šeh
                
                
                     of Manasseh 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4519 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Manasseh = |causing to forget|<BR> 1) the eldest son of Joseph and progenitor of the tribe of Manasseh <BR> 1a) the tribe descended from Manasseh <BR> 1b) the territory occupied by the tribe of Manasseh <BR> 2) son of king Hezekiah of Judah and himself king of Judah; he was the immediate and direct cause for the exile <BR> 3) a descendant of Pahath-moab who put away a foreign wife in the time of Ezra <BR> 4) a descendant of Hashum who put away a foreign wife in the time of Ezra 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        mə·naš·šeh
         of Manasseh 
    
 
        
            נָחֲל֥וּ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
נָחֲל֥וּ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    nā·ḥă·lū
                
                
                     received 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Qal - Perfect - third person common plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5157 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to get as a possession, acquire, inherit, possess <BR> 1a) (Qal)<BR> 1a1) to take possession, inherit <BR> 1a2) to have or get as a possession or property (fig.) <BR> 1a3) to divide the land for a possession <BR> 1a4) to acquire (testimonies) (fig.) <BR> 1b) (Piel) to divide for a possession <BR> 1c) (Hithpael) to possess oneself of <BR> 1d) (Hiphil) <BR> 1d1) to give as a possession <BR> 1d2) to cause to inherit, give as an inheritance <BR> 1e) (Hophal) to be allotted, be made to possess 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        nā·ḥă·lū
         received 
    
 
        
            נַחֲלָ֖ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
נַחֲלָ֖ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    na·ḥă·lāh
                
                
                     an inheritance 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5159 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) possession, property, inheritance, heritage <BR> 1a) property <BR> 1b) portion, share<BR> 1c) inheritance, portion 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        na·ḥă·lāh
         an inheritance 
    
 
        
            בְּת֣וֹךְ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בְּת֣וֹךְ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    bə·ṯō·wḵ
                
                
                     among 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-b | Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        8432 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) midst, middle <BR> 1a) midst, middle <BR> 1b) into, through (after verbs of motion) <BR> 1c) among (of a number of persons) <BR> 1d) between (of things arranged by twos) <BR> 1e) from among (as to take or separate etc) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        bə·ṯō·wḵ
         among 
    
 
        
            בָּנָ֑יו 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בָּנָ֑יו 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    bā·nāw
                
                
                     his sons . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine plural construct | third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1121 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) son, grandson, child, member of a group <BR> 1a) son, male child <BR> 1b) grandson <BR> 1c) children (pl. - male and female) <BR> 1d) youth, young men (pl.) <BR> 1e) young (of animals) <BR> 1f) sons (as characterisation, i.e. sons of injustice [for un- righteous men] or sons of God [for angels] <BR> 1g) people (of a nation) (pl.) <BR> 1h) of lifeless things, i.e. sparks, stars, arrows (fig.) <BR> 1i) a member of a guild, order, class 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        bā·nāw
         his sons . 
    
 
        
            וְאֶ֙רֶץ֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְאֶ֙רֶץ֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·’e·reṣ
                
                
                     And the land 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Noun - feminine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        776 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) land, earth<BR> 1a) earth <BR> 1a1) whole earth (as opposed to a part) <BR> 1a2) earth (as opposed to heaven) <BR> 1a3) earth (inhabitants) <BR> 1b) land <BR> 1b1) country, territory <BR> 1b2) district, region <BR> 1b3) tribal territory <BR> 1b4) piece of ground <BR> 1b5) land of Canaan, Israel <BR> 1b6) inhabitants of land <BR> 1b7) Sheol, land without return, (under) world <BR> 1b8) city (-state) <BR> 1c) ground, surface of the earth <BR> 1c1) ground <BR> 1c2) soil <BR> 1d) (in phrases) <BR> 1d1) people of the land <BR> 1d2) space or distance of country (in measurements of distance) <BR> 1d3) level or plain country <BR> 1d4) land of the living <BR> 1d5) end(s) of the earth <BR> 1e) (almost wholly late in usage) <BR> 1e1) lands, countries <BR> 1e1a) often in contrast to Canaan 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·’e·reṣ
         And the land 
    
 
        
            הַגִּלְעָ֔ד 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הַגִּלְעָ֔ד 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hag·gil·‘āḏ
                
                
                     of Gilead 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Noun - proper - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1568 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        n pr loc Gilead = |rocky region|<BR> 1) a mountainous region bounded on the west by the Jordan, on the north by Bashan, on the east by the Arabian plateau, and on the south by Moab and Ammon; sometimes called 'Mount Gilead' or the 'land of Gilead' or just 'Gilead'. Divided into north and south Gilead <BR> 2) a city (with prefix 'Jabesh') <BR> 3) the people of the region <BR> n pr m <BR> 4) son of Machir and grandson of Manasseh <BR> 5) father of Jephthah <BR> 6) a Gadite 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hag·gil·‘āḏ
         of Gilead 
    
 
        
            הָיְתָ֥ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הָיְתָ֥ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hā·yə·ṯāh
                
                
                     belonged to 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Qal - Perfect - third person feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1961 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to be, become, come to pass, exist, happen, fall out <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) ----- <BR> 1a1a) to happen, fall out, occur, take place, come about, come to pass <BR> 1a1b) to come about, come to pass <BR> 1a2) to come into being, become <BR> 1a2a) to arise, appear, come <BR> 1a2b) to become <BR> 1a2b1) to become <BR> 1a2b2) to become like <BR> 1a2b3) to be instituted, be established <BR> 1a3) to be <BR> 1a3a) to exist, be in existence <BR> 1a3b) to abide, remain, continue (with word of place or time) <BR> 1a3c) to stand, lie, be in, be at, be situated (with word of locality) <BR> 1a3d) to accompany, be with <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to occur, come to pass, be done, be brought about <BR> 1b2) to be done, be finished, be gone 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hā·yə·ṯāh
         belonged to 
    
 
        
            הַנּֽוֹתָרִֽים׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הַנּֽוֹתָרִֽים׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    han·nō·w·ṯā·rîm
                
                
                     the rest 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Verb - Nifal - Participle - masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3498 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to be left over, remain, remain over, leave <BR> 1a) (Qal) remainder (participle) <BR> 1b) (Niphal) to be left over, remain over, be left behind <BR> 1c) (Hiphil) <BR> 1c1) to leave over, leave <BR> 1c2) to save over, preserve alive <BR> 1c3) to excel, show pre-eminence <BR> 1c4) to show excess, have more than enough, have an excess 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        han·nō·w·ṯā·rîm
         the rest 
    
 
        
            לִבְנֵֽי־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לִבְנֵֽי־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    liḇ·nê-
                
                
                     of the sons 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-l | Noun - masculine plural construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1121 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) son, grandson, child, member of a group <BR> 1a) son, male child <BR> 1b) grandson <BR> 1c) children (pl. - male and female) <BR> 1d) youth, young men (pl.) <BR> 1e) young (of animals) <BR> 1f) sons (as characterisation, i.e. sons of injustice [for un- righteous men] or sons of God [for angels] <BR> 1g) people (of a nation) (pl.) <BR> 1h) of lifeless things, i.e. sparks, stars, arrows (fig.) <BR> 1i) a member of a guild, order, class 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        liḇ·nê-
         of the sons 
    
 
        
            מְנַשֶּׁ֖ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מְנַשֶּׁ֖ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    mə·naš·šeh
                
                
                     of Manasseh . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4519 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Manasseh = |causing to forget|<BR> 1) the eldest son of Joseph and progenitor of the tribe of Manasseh <BR> 1a) the tribe descended from Manasseh <BR> 1b) the territory occupied by the tribe of Manasseh <BR> 2) son of king Hezekiah of Judah and himself king of Judah; he was the immediate and direct cause for the exile <BR> 3) a descendant of Pahath-moab who put away a foreign wife in the time of Ezra <BR> 4) a descendant of Hashum who put away a foreign wife in the time of Ezra 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        mə·naš·šeh
         of Manasseh . 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            Now the border of Manasseh went from Asher to Michmethath near Shechem, then southward to include the inhabitants of En-tappuah.
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            גְבוּל־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
גְבוּל־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ḡə·ḇūl-
                
                
                     Now the border 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1366 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) border, territory <BR> 1a) border <BR> 1b) territory (enclosed within boundary) <BR> 1c) region, territory (of darkness) (fig.) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ḡə·ḇūl-
         Now the border 
    
 
        
            מְנַשֶּׁה֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מְנַשֶּׁה֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    mə·naš·šeh
                
                
                     of Manasseh 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4519 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Manasseh = |causing to forget|<BR> 1) the eldest son of Joseph and progenitor of the tribe of Manasseh <BR> 1a) the tribe descended from Manasseh <BR> 1b) the territory occupied by the tribe of Manasseh <BR> 2) son of king Hezekiah of Judah and himself king of Judah; he was the immediate and direct cause for the exile <BR> 3) a descendant of Pahath-moab who put away a foreign wife in the time of Ezra <BR> 4) a descendant of Hashum who put away a foreign wife in the time of Ezra 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        mə·naš·šeh
         of Manasseh 
    
 
        
            וַיְהִ֤י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וַיְהִ֤י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    way·hî
                
                
                     went 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Qal - Consecutive imperfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1961 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to be, become, come to pass, exist, happen, fall out <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) ----- <BR> 1a1a) to happen, fall out, occur, take place, come about, come to pass <BR> 1a1b) to come about, come to pass <BR> 1a2) to come into being, become <BR> 1a2a) to arise, appear, come <BR> 1a2b) to become <BR> 1a2b1) to become <BR> 1a2b2) to become like <BR> 1a2b3) to be instituted, be established <BR> 1a3) to be <BR> 1a3a) to exist, be in existence <BR> 1a3b) to abide, remain, continue (with word of place or time) <BR> 1a3c) to stand, lie, be in, be at, be situated (with word of locality) <BR> 1a3d) to accompany, be with <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to occur, come to pass, be done, be brought about <BR> 1b2) to be done, be finished, be gone 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        way·hî
         went 
    
 
        
            מֵֽאָשֵׁ֔ר 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מֵֽאָשֵׁ֔ר 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    mê·’ā·šêr
                
                
                     from Asher 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-m | Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        836 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Asher = |happy|<BR> 1) son of Jacob and Zilpah <BR> 2) the tribe descended from Asher <BR> 3) a city east of Shechem in Manasseh 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        mê·’ā·šêr
         from Asher 
    
 
        
            הַֽמִּכְמְתָ֔ת 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הַֽמִּכְמְתָ֔ת 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ham·miḵ·mə·ṯāṯ
                
                
                     to Michmethath 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Noun - proper - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4366 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Michmethah = |hiding place|<BR> 1) a place in northeast Ephraim near the border of Manasseh between Shechem and Taanath-shilo 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ham·miḵ·mə·ṯāṯ
         to Michmethath 
    
 
        
            אֲשֶׁ֖ר 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֲשֶׁ֖ר 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ă·šer
                
                
                     - 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Pronoun - relative 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        834 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) (relative part.) <BR> 1a) which, who <BR> 1b) that which <BR> 2) (conj) <BR> 2a) that (in obj clause) <BR> 2b) when <BR> 2c) since <BR> 2d) as <BR> 2e) conditional if 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ă·šer
         - 
    
 
        
            עַל־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עַל־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ‘al-
                
                
                     near 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5921 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        prep<BR> 1) upon, on the ground of, according to, on account of, on behalf of, concerning, beside, in addition to, together with, beyond, above, over, by, on to, towards, to, against <BR> 1a) upon, on the ground of, on the basis of, on account of, because of, therefore, on behalf of, for the sake of, for, with, in spite of, notwithstanding, concerning, in the matter of, as regards <BR> 1b) above, beyond, over (of excess) <BR> 1c) above, over (of elevation or pre-eminence) <BR> 1d) upon, to, over to, unto, in addition to, together with, with (of addition) <BR> 1e) over (of suspension or extension) <BR> 1f) by, adjoining, next, at, over, around (of contiguity or proximity) <BR> 1g) down upon, upon, on, from, up upon, up to, towards, over towards, to, against (with verbs of motion) <BR> 1h) to (as a dative) <BR> conj <BR> 2) because that, because, notwithstanding, although 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ‘al-
         near 
    
 
        
            פְּנֵ֣י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
פְּנֵ֣י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    pə·nê
                
                
                     . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - common plural construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6440 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) face <BR> 1a) face, faces <BR> 1b) presence, person <BR> 1c) face (of seraphim or cherubim) <BR> 1d) face (of animals) <BR> 1e) face, surface (of ground) <BR> 1f) as adv of loc/temp <BR> 1f1) before and behind, toward, in front of, forward, formerly, from beforetime, before <BR> 1g) with prep <BR> 1g1) in front of, before, to the front of, in the presence of, in the face of, at the face or front of, from the presence of, from before, from before the face of 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        pə·nê
         . . . 
    
 
        
            שְׁכֶ֑ם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
שְׁכֶ֑ם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    šə·ḵem
                
                
                     Shechem , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7927 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Shechem = |back| or |shoulder| <BR> n pr m <BR> 1) son of Hamor, the chieftain of the Hivites at Shechem at the time of Jacob's arrival <BR> n pr loc <BR> 2) a city in Manasseh; located in a valley between Mount Ebal and Mount Gerizim, 34 miles (54 km) north of Jerusalem and 7 miles (10.5 km) south- east of Samaria 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        šə·ḵem
         Shechem , 
    
 
        
            הַגְּבוּל֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הַגְּבוּל֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hag·gə·ḇūl
                
                
                     - 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1366 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) border, territory <BR> 1a) border <BR> 1b) territory (enclosed within boundary) <BR> 1c) region, territory (of darkness) (fig.) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hag·gə·ḇūl
         - 
    
 
        
            וְהָלַ֤ךְ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְהָלַ֤ךְ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·hā·laḵ
                
                
                     then 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Qal - Conjunctive perfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1980 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to go, walk, come <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to go, walk, come, depart, proceed, move, go away <BR> 1a2) to die, live, manner of life (fig.) <BR> 1b) (Piel) <BR> 1b1) to walk <BR> 1b2) to walk (fig.) <BR> 1c) (Hithpael) <BR> 1c1) to traverse <BR> 1c2) to walk about <BR> 1d) (Niphal) to lead, bring, lead away, carry, cause to walk 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·hā·laḵ
         then 
    
 
        
            אֶל־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֶל־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’el-
                
                
                     southward 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        413 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to, toward, unto (of motion) <BR> 2) into (limit is actually entered) <BR> 2a) in among <BR> 3) toward (of direction, not necessarily physical motion) <BR> 4) against (motion or direction of a hostile character) <BR> 5) in addition to, to <BR> 6) concerning, in regard to, in reference to, on account of <BR> 7) according to (rule or standard) <BR> 8) at, by, against (of one's presence) <BR> 9) in between, in within, to within, unto (idea of motion to) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’el-
         southward 
    
 
        
            הַיָּמִ֔ין 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הַיָּמִ֔ין 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hay·yā·mîn
                
                
                     . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Noun - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3225 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) right, right hand, right side <BR> 1a) right hand <BR> 1b) right (of direction) <BR> 1c) south (the direction of the right hand when facing East) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hay·yā·mîn
         . . . 
    
 
        
            אֶל־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֶל־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’el-
                
                
                     to include 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        413 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to, toward, unto (of motion) <BR> 2) into (limit is actually entered) <BR> 2a) in among <BR> 3) toward (of direction, not necessarily physical motion) <BR> 4) against (motion or direction of a hostile character) <BR> 5) in addition to, to <BR> 6) concerning, in regard to, in reference to, on account of <BR> 7) according to (rule or standard) <BR> 8) at, by, against (of one's presence) <BR> 9) in between, in within, to within, unto (idea of motion to) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’el-
         to include 
    
 
        
            יֹשְׁבֵ֖י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יֹשְׁבֵ֖י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    yō·šə·ḇê
                
                
                     the inhabitants 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Qal - Participle - masculine plural construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3427 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to dwell, remain, sit, abide <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to sit, sit down <BR> 1a2) to be set <BR> 1a3) to remain, stay <BR> 1a4) to dwell, have one's abode <BR> 1b) (Niphal) to be inhabited <BR> 1c) (Piel) to set, place <BR> 1d) (Hiphil) <BR> 1d1) to cause to sit <BR> 1d2) to cause to abide, set <BR> 1d3) to cause to dwell <BR> 1d4) to cause (cities) to be inhabited <BR> 1d5) to marry (give an dwelling to) <BR> 1e) (Hophal) <BR> 1e1) to be inhabited <BR> 1e2) to make to dwell 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        yō·šə·ḇê
         the inhabitants 
    
 
        
            עֵ֥ין 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עֵ֥ין 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ‘ên
                
                
                     vvv 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                         
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5887 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        En-tappuah = |fountain of the apple-city|<BR> 1) a place on the border between Ephraim and Manasseh 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ‘ên
         vvv 
    
 
        
            תַּפּֽוּחַ׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
תַּפּֽוּחַ׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    tap·pū·aḥ
                
                
                     of En-tappuah . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5887 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        En-tappuah = |fountain of the apple-city|<BR> 1) a place on the border between Ephraim and Manasseh 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        tap·pū·aḥ
         of En-tappuah . 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            The region of Tappuah belonged to Manasseh, but Tappuah itself, on the border of Manasseh, belonged to Ephraim.
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            אֶ֣רֶץ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֶ֣רֶץ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’e·reṣ
                
                
                     The region 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - feminine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        776 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) land, earth<BR> 1a) earth <BR> 1a1) whole earth (as opposed to a part) <BR> 1a2) earth (as opposed to heaven) <BR> 1a3) earth (inhabitants) <BR> 1b) land <BR> 1b1) country, territory <BR> 1b2) district, region <BR> 1b3) tribal territory <BR> 1b4) piece of ground <BR> 1b5) land of Canaan, Israel <BR> 1b6) inhabitants of land <BR> 1b7) Sheol, land without return, (under) world <BR> 1b8) city (-state) <BR> 1c) ground, surface of the earth <BR> 1c1) ground <BR> 1c2) soil <BR> 1d) (in phrases) <BR> 1d1) people of the land <BR> 1d2) space or distance of country (in measurements of distance) <BR> 1d3) level or plain country <BR> 1d4) land of the living <BR> 1d5) end(s) of the earth <BR> 1e) (almost wholly late in usage) <BR> 1e1) lands, countries <BR> 1e1a) often in contrast to Canaan 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’e·reṣ
         The region 
    
 
        
            תַּפּ֑וּחַ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
תַּפּ֑וּחַ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    tap·pū·aḥ
                
                
                     of Tappuah 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        8599 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Tappuah = |the apple city| <BR> n pr m <BR> 1) a Judaite of the family of Caleb, son of Hebron <BR> n pr loc <BR> 2) a town in the lowland of Judah <BR> 3) a town on the border in Ephraim <BR> 4) a territory within the boundaries of Manasseh 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        tap·pū·aḥ
         of Tappuah 
    
 
        
            הָיְתָ֖ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הָיְתָ֖ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hā·yə·ṯāh
                
                
                     belonged to 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Qal - Perfect - third person feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1961 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to be, become, come to pass, exist, happen, fall out <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) ----- <BR> 1a1a) to happen, fall out, occur, take place, come about, come to pass <BR> 1a1b) to come about, come to pass <BR> 1a2) to come into being, become <BR> 1a2a) to arise, appear, come <BR> 1a2b) to become <BR> 1a2b1) to become <BR> 1a2b2) to become like <BR> 1a2b3) to be instituted, be established <BR> 1a3) to be <BR> 1a3a) to exist, be in existence <BR> 1a3b) to abide, remain, continue (with word of place or time) <BR> 1a3c) to stand, lie, be in, be at, be situated (with word of locality) <BR> 1a3d) to accompany, be with <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to occur, come to pass, be done, be brought about <BR> 1b2) to be done, be finished, be gone 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hā·yə·ṯāh
         belonged to 
    
 
        
            לִמְנַשֶּׁ֕ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לִמְנַשֶּׁ֕ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lim·naš·šeh
                
                
                     Manasseh , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-l | Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4519 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Manasseh = |causing to forget|<BR> 1) the eldest son of Joseph and progenitor of the tribe of Manasseh <BR> 1a) the tribe descended from Manasseh <BR> 1b) the territory occupied by the tribe of Manasseh <BR> 2) son of king Hezekiah of Judah and himself king of Judah; he was the immediate and direct cause for the exile <BR> 3) a descendant of Pahath-moab who put away a foreign wife in the time of Ezra <BR> 4) a descendant of Hashum who put away a foreign wife in the time of Ezra 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lim·naš·šeh
         Manasseh , 
    
 
        
            וְתַפּ֛וּחַ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְתַפּ֛וּחַ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·ṯap·pū·aḥ
                
                
                     but Tappuah itself , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Noun - proper - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        8599 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Tappuah = |the apple city| <BR> n pr m <BR> 1) a Judaite of the family of Caleb, son of Hebron <BR> n pr loc <BR> 2) a town in the lowland of Judah <BR> 3) a town on the border in Ephraim <BR> 4) a territory within the boundaries of Manasseh 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·ṯap·pū·aḥ
         but Tappuah itself , 
    
 
        
            אֶל־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֶל־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’el-
                
                
                     on 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        413 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to, toward, unto (of motion) <BR> 2) into (limit is actually entered) <BR> 2a) in among <BR> 3) toward (of direction, not necessarily physical motion) <BR> 4) against (motion or direction of a hostile character) <BR> 5) in addition to, to <BR> 6) concerning, in regard to, in reference to, on account of <BR> 7) according to (rule or standard) <BR> 8) at, by, against (of one's presence) <BR> 9) in between, in within, to within, unto (idea of motion to) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’el-
         on 
    
 
        
            גְּב֥וּל 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
גְּב֥וּל 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    gə·ḇūl
                
                
                     the border 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1366 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) border, territory <BR> 1a) border <BR> 1b) territory (enclosed within boundary) <BR> 1c) region, territory (of darkness) (fig.) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        gə·ḇūl
         the border 
    
 
        
            מְנַשֶּׁ֖ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מְנַשֶּׁ֖ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    mə·naš·šeh
                
                
                     of Manasseh , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4519 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Manasseh = |causing to forget|<BR> 1) the eldest son of Joseph and progenitor of the tribe of Manasseh <BR> 1a) the tribe descended from Manasseh <BR> 1b) the territory occupied by the tribe of Manasseh <BR> 2) son of king Hezekiah of Judah and himself king of Judah; he was the immediate and direct cause for the exile <BR> 3) a descendant of Pahath-moab who put away a foreign wife in the time of Ezra <BR> 4) a descendant of Hashum who put away a foreign wife in the time of Ezra 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        mə·naš·šeh
         of Manasseh , 
    
 
        
            לִבְנֵ֥י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לִבְנֵ֥י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    liḇ·nê
                
                
                     belonged to 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-l | Noun - masculine plural construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1121 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) son, grandson, child, member of a group <BR> 1a) son, male child <BR> 1b) grandson <BR> 1c) children (pl. - male and female) <BR> 1d) youth, young men (pl.) <BR> 1e) young (of animals) <BR> 1f) sons (as characterisation, i.e. sons of injustice [for un- righteous men] or sons of God [for angels] <BR> 1g) people (of a nation) (pl.) <BR> 1h) of lifeless things, i.e. sparks, stars, arrows (fig.) <BR> 1i) a member of a guild, order, class 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        liḇ·nê
         belonged to 
    
 
        
            אֶפְרָֽיִם׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֶפְרָֽיִם׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ep̄·rā·yim
                
                
                     Ephraim . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        669 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Ephraim = |double ash-heap: I shall be doubly fruitful|<BR> 1) second son of Joseph, blessed by him and given preference over first son, Manasseh <BR> 2) the tribe, Ephraim <BR> 3) the mountain country of Ephraim <BR> 4) sometimes used name for the northern kingdom (Hosea or Isaiah) <BR> 5) a city near Baal-hazor <BR> 6) a chief gate of Jerusalem 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ep̄·rā·yim
         Ephraim . 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            From there the border continued southward to the Brook of Kanah. There were cities belonging to Ephraim among the cities of Manasseh, but the border of Manasseh was on the north side of the brook and ended at the Sea.
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            הַגְּבוּל֩ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הַגְּבוּל֩ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hag·gə·ḇūl
                
                
                     From there the border 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1366 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) border, territory <BR> 1a) border <BR> 1b) territory (enclosed within boundary) <BR> 1c) region, territory (of darkness) (fig.) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hag·gə·ḇūl
         From there the border 
    
 
        
            וְיָרַ֣ד 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְיָרַ֣ד 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·yā·raḏ
                
                
                     continued 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Qal - Conjunctive perfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3381 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to go down, descend, decline, march down, sink down <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to go or come down <BR> 1a2) to sink <BR> 1a3) to be prostrated <BR> 1a4) to come down (of revelation) <BR> 1b) (Hiphil) <BR> 1b1) to bring down <BR> 1b2) to send down <BR> 1b3) to take down <BR> 1b4) to lay prostrate <BR> 1b5) to let down <BR> 1c) (Hophal) <BR> 1c1) to be brought down <BR> 1c2) to be taken down 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·yā·raḏ
         continued 
    
 
        
            נֶ֣גְבָּה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
נֶ֣גְבָּה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    neḡ·bāh
                
                
                     southward 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular | third person feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5045 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) south-country, Nekeb, south <BR> 1a) south-country <BR> 1a1) region of southern Judah, boundaries not specific <BR> 1b) south 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        neḡ·bāh
         southward 
    
 
        
            נַ֨חַל 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
נַ֨חַל 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    na·ḥal
                
                
                     to the Brook 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5158 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) torrent, valley, wadi, torrent-valley <BR> 1a) torrent <BR> 1b) torrent-valley, wadi (as stream bed) <BR> 1c) shaft (of mine) <BR> 2) palm-tree <BR> 2a) meaning dubious 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        na·ḥal
         to the Brook 
    
 
        
            קָנָ֜ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
קָנָ֜ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    qā·nāh
                
                
                     of Kanah . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7071 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Kanah = |reed|<BR> 1) a stream flowing into the Mediterranean Sea that marked the boundary between Ephraim on the south and Manasseh on the north <BR> 2) a town marking the boundary of Asher 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        qā·nāh
         of Kanah . 
    
 
        
            לַנַּ֗חַל 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לַנַּ֗חַל 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lan·na·ḥal
                
                
                     - 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-l, Article | Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5158 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) torrent, valley, wadi, torrent-valley <BR> 1a) torrent <BR> 1b) torrent-valley, wadi (as stream bed) <BR> 1c) shaft (of mine) <BR> 2) palm-tree <BR> 2a) meaning dubious 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lan·na·ḥal
         - 
    
 
        
            עָרִ֤ים 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עָרִ֤ים 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ‘ā·rîm
                
                
                     There were cities 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - feminine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5892 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) excitement, anguish <BR> 1a) of terror <BR> 2) city, town (a place of waking, guarded) <BR> 2a) city, town 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ‘ā·rîm
         There were cities 
    
 
        
            הָאֵ֙לֶּה֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הָאֵ֙לֶּה֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hā·’êl·leh
                
                
                     . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Pronoun - common plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        428 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) these <BR> 1a) used before antecedent <BR> 1b) used following antecedent 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hā·’êl·leh
         . . . 
    
 
        
            לְאֶפְרַ֔יִם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לְאֶפְרַ֔יִם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lə·’ep̄·ra·yim
                
                
                     belonging to Ephraim 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-l | Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        669 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Ephraim = |double ash-heap: I shall be doubly fruitful|<BR> 1) second son of Joseph, blessed by him and given preference over first son, Manasseh <BR> 2) the tribe, Ephraim <BR> 3) the mountain country of Ephraim <BR> 4) sometimes used name for the northern kingdom (Hosea or Isaiah) <BR> 5) a city near Baal-hazor <BR> 6) a chief gate of Jerusalem 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lə·’ep̄·ra·yim
         belonging to Ephraim 
    
 
        
            בְּת֖וֹךְ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בְּת֖וֹךְ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    bə·ṯō·wḵ
                
                
                     among 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-b | Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        8432 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) midst, middle <BR> 1a) midst, middle <BR> 1b) into, through (after verbs of motion) <BR> 1c) among (of a number of persons) <BR> 1d) between (of things arranged by twos) <BR> 1e) from among (as to take or separate etc) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        bə·ṯō·wḵ
         among 
    
 
        
            עָרֵ֣י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עָרֵ֣י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ‘ā·rê
                
                
                     the cities 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - feminine plural construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5892 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) excitement, anguish <BR> 1a) of terror <BR> 2) city, town (a place of waking, guarded) <BR> 2a) city, town 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ‘ā·rê
         the cities 
    
 
        
            מְנַשֶּׁ֑ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מְנַשֶּׁ֑ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    mə·naš·šeh
                
                
                     of Manasseh , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4519 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Manasseh = |causing to forget|<BR> 1) the eldest son of Joseph and progenitor of the tribe of Manasseh <BR> 1a) the tribe descended from Manasseh <BR> 1b) the territory occupied by the tribe of Manasseh <BR> 2) son of king Hezekiah of Judah and himself king of Judah; he was the immediate and direct cause for the exile <BR> 3) a descendant of Pahath-moab who put away a foreign wife in the time of Ezra <BR> 4) a descendant of Hashum who put away a foreign wife in the time of Ezra 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        mə·naš·šeh
         of Manasseh , 
    
 
        
            וּגְב֤וּל 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וּגְב֤וּל 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ū·ḡə·ḇūl
                
                
                     but the border 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1366 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) border, territory <BR> 1a) border <BR> 1b) territory (enclosed within boundary) <BR> 1c) region, territory (of darkness) (fig.) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ū·ḡə·ḇūl
         but the border 
    
 
        
            מְנַשֶּׁה֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מְנַשֶּׁה֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    mə·naš·šeh
                
                
                     of Manasseh 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4519 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Manasseh = |causing to forget|<BR> 1) the eldest son of Joseph and progenitor of the tribe of Manasseh <BR> 1a) the tribe descended from Manasseh <BR> 1b) the territory occupied by the tribe of Manasseh <BR> 2) son of king Hezekiah of Judah and himself king of Judah; he was the immediate and direct cause for the exile <BR> 3) a descendant of Pahath-moab who put away a foreign wife in the time of Ezra <BR> 4) a descendant of Hashum who put away a foreign wife in the time of Ezra 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        mə·naš·šeh
         of Manasseh 
    
 
        
            מִצְּפ֣וֹן 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מִצְּפ֣וֹן 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    miṣ·ṣə·p̄ō·wn
                
                
                     [was] on the north side 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-m | Noun - feminine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6828 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) north (of direction), northward <BR> 1a) north <BR> 1b) northward 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        miṣ·ṣə·p̄ō·wn
         [was] on the north side 
    
 
        
            לַנַּ֔חַל 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לַנַּ֔חַל 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lan·na·ḥal
                
                
                     of the brook 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-l, Article | Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5158 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) torrent, valley, wadi, torrent-valley <BR> 1a) torrent <BR> 1b) torrent-valley, wadi (as stream bed) <BR> 1c) shaft (of mine) <BR> 2) palm-tree <BR> 2a) meaning dubious 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lan·na·ḥal
         of the brook 
    
 
        
            וַיְהִ֥י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וַיְהִ֥י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    way·hî
                
                
                     and ended 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Qal - Consecutive imperfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1961 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to be, become, come to pass, exist, happen, fall out <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) ----- <BR> 1a1a) to happen, fall out, occur, take place, come about, come to pass <BR> 1a1b) to come about, come to pass <BR> 1a2) to come into being, become <BR> 1a2a) to arise, appear, come <BR> 1a2b) to become <BR> 1a2b1) to become <BR> 1a2b2) to become like <BR> 1a2b3) to be instituted, be established <BR> 1a3) to be <BR> 1a3a) to exist, be in existence <BR> 1a3b) to abide, remain, continue (with word of place or time) <BR> 1a3c) to stand, lie, be in, be at, be situated (with word of locality) <BR> 1a3d) to accompany, be with <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to occur, come to pass, be done, be brought about <BR> 1b2) to be done, be finished, be gone 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        way·hî
         and ended 
    
 
        
            תֹצְאֹתָ֖יו 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
תֹצְאֹתָ֖יו 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ṯō·ṣə·’ō·ṯāw
                
                
                     . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - feminine plural construct | third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        8444 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) outgoing, border, a going out, extremity, end, source, escape <BR> 1a) outgoing, extremity (of border) <BR> 1b) source (of life) <BR> 1c) escape (from death) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ṯō·ṣə·’ō·ṯāw
         . . . 
    
 
        
            הַיָּֽמָּה׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הַיָּֽמָּה׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hay·yām·māh
                
                
                     at the Sea . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Noun - masculine singular | third person feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3220 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) sea <BR> 1a) Mediterranean Sea <BR> 1b) Red Sea <BR> 1c) Dead Sea <BR> 1d) Sea of Galilee <BR> 1e) sea (general) <BR> 1f) mighty river (Nile) <BR> 1g) the sea (the great basin in the temple court) <BR> 1h) seaward, west, westward 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hay·yām·māh
         at the Sea . 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            Ephraim’s territory was to the south, and Manasseh’s was to the north, having the Sea as its border and adjoining Asher on the north and Issachar on the east.
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            לְאֶפְרַ֗יִם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לְאֶפְרַ֗יִם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lə·’ep̄·ra·yim
                
                
                     Ephraim’s [territory] 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-l | Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        669 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Ephraim = |double ash-heap: I shall be doubly fruitful|<BR> 1) second son of Joseph, blessed by him and given preference over first son, Manasseh <BR> 2) the tribe, Ephraim <BR> 3) the mountain country of Ephraim <BR> 4) sometimes used name for the northern kingdom (Hosea or Isaiah) <BR> 5) a city near Baal-hazor <BR> 6) a chief gate of Jerusalem 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lə·’ep̄·ra·yim
         Ephraim’s [territory] 
    
 
        
            נֶ֣גְבָּה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
נֶ֣גְבָּה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    neḡ·bāh
                
                
                     was to the south , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular | third person feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5045 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) south-country, Nekeb, south <BR> 1a) south-country <BR> 1a1) region of southern Judah, boundaries not specific <BR> 1b) south 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        neḡ·bāh
         was to the south , 
    
 
        
            לִמְנַשֶּׁ֔ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לִמְנַשֶּׁ֔ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lim·naš·šeh
                
                
                     and Manasseh’s 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-l | Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4519 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Manasseh = |causing to forget|<BR> 1) the eldest son of Joseph and progenitor of the tribe of Manasseh <BR> 1a) the tribe descended from Manasseh <BR> 1b) the territory occupied by the tribe of Manasseh <BR> 2) son of king Hezekiah of Judah and himself king of Judah; he was the immediate and direct cause for the exile <BR> 3) a descendant of Pahath-moab who put away a foreign wife in the time of Ezra <BR> 4) a descendant of Hashum who put away a foreign wife in the time of Ezra 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lim·naš·šeh
         and Manasseh’s 
    
 
        
            וַיְהִ֥י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וַיְהִ֥י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    way·hî
                
                
                     was 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Qal - Consecutive imperfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1961 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to be, become, come to pass, exist, happen, fall out <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) ----- <BR> 1a1a) to happen, fall out, occur, take place, come about, come to pass <BR> 1a1b) to come about, come to pass <BR> 1a2) to come into being, become <BR> 1a2a) to arise, appear, come <BR> 1a2b) to become <BR> 1a2b1) to become <BR> 1a2b2) to become like <BR> 1a2b3) to be instituted, be established <BR> 1a3) to be <BR> 1a3a) to exist, be in existence <BR> 1a3b) to abide, remain, continue (with word of place or time) <BR> 1a3c) to stand, lie, be in, be at, be situated (with word of locality) <BR> 1a3d) to accompany, be with <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to occur, come to pass, be done, be brought about <BR> 1b2) to be done, be finished, be gone 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        way·hî
         was 
    
 
        
            וְצָפ֙וֹנָה֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְצָפ֙וֹנָה֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·ṣā·p̄ō·w·nāh
                
                
                     to the north , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Noun - feminine singular | third person feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6828 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) north (of direction), northward <BR> 1a) north <BR> 1b) northward 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·ṣā·p̄ō·w·nāh
         to the north , 
    
 
        
            הַיָּ֖ם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הַיָּ֖ם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hay·yām
                
                
                     having the Sea 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3220 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) sea <BR> 1a) Mediterranean Sea <BR> 1b) Red Sea <BR> 1c) Dead Sea <BR> 1d) Sea of Galilee <BR> 1e) sea (general) <BR> 1f) mighty river (Nile) <BR> 1g) the sea (the great basin in the temple court) <BR> 1h) seaward, west, westward 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hay·yām
         having the Sea 
    
 
        
            גְּבוּל֑וֹ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
גְּבוּל֑וֹ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    gə·ḇū·lōw
                
                
                     as its border 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct | third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1366 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) border, territory <BR> 1a) border <BR> 1b) territory (enclosed within boundary) <BR> 1c) region, territory (of darkness) (fig.) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        gə·ḇū·lōw
         as its border 
    
 
        
            יִפְגְּע֣וּן 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יִפְגְּע֣וּן 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    yip̄·gə·‘ūn
                
                
                     and adjoining 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Qal - Imperfect - third person masculine plural | Paragogic nun 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6293 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to encounter, meet, reach, entreat, make intercession <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to meet, light upon, join <BR> 1a2) to meet (of kindness) <BR> 1a3) to encounter, fall upon (of hostility) <BR> 1a4) to encounter, entreat (of request) <BR> 1a5) to strike, touch (of boundary) <BR> 1b) (Hiphil) <BR> 1b1) to cause to light upon <BR> 1b2) to cause to entreat <BR> 1b3) to make entreaty, interpose <BR> 1b4) to make attack <BR> 1b5) to reach the mark 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        yip̄·gə·‘ūn
         and adjoining 
    
 
        
            וּבְאָשֵׁר֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וּבְאָשֵׁר֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ū·ḇə·’ā·šêr
                
                
                     Asher 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw, Preposition-b | Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        836 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Asher = |happy|<BR> 1) son of Jacob and Zilpah <BR> 2) the tribe descended from Asher <BR> 3) a city east of Shechem in Manasseh 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ū·ḇə·’ā·šêr
         Asher 
    
 
        
            מִצָּפ֔וֹן 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מִצָּפ֔וֹן 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    miṣ·ṣā·p̄ō·wn
                
                
                     on the north 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-m | Noun - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6828 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) north (of direction), northward <BR> 1a) north <BR> 1b) northward 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        miṣ·ṣā·p̄ō·wn
         on the north 
    
 
        
            וּבְיִשָּׂשכָ֖ר 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וּבְיִשָּׂשכָ֖ר 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ū·ḇə·yiś·śā·š·ḵār
                
                
                     and Issachar 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw, Preposition-b | Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3485 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Issachar = |there is recompense| <BR> n pr m <BR> 1) the 9th son of Jacob and the 5th by Leah his first wife and the progenitor of a tribe by his name <BR> 2) a Korahite Levite and the 7th son of Obed-edom and doorkeeper to the temple <BR> n pr coll <BR> 3) the tribe descended from Issachar the son of Jacob <BR> n pr loc <BR> 4) the territory allocated to the descendants of Issachar when they entered the land of Canaan 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ū·ḇə·yiś·śā·š·ḵār
         and Issachar 
    
 
        
            מִמִּזְרָֽח׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מִמִּזְרָֽח׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    mim·miz·rāḥ
                
                
                     on the east . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-m | Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4217 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) place of sunrise, east <BR> 1a) sunrise, east (with 'sun') <BR> 1b) the east (without 'sun') <BR> 1b1) to or toward the place of sunrise <BR> 1b2) to the east, eastward 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        mim·miz·rāḥ
         on the east . 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            Within Issachar and Asher, Manasseh was assigned Beth-shean, Ibleam, Dor (that is, Naphath), Endor, Taanach, and Megiddo, each with their surrounding settlements.
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            בְּיִשָּׂשכָ֣ר 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בְּיִשָּׂשכָ֣ר 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    bə·yiś·śā·š·ḵār
                
                
                     Within Issachar 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-b | Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3485 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Issachar = |there is recompense| <BR> n pr m <BR> 1) the 9th son of Jacob and the 5th by Leah his first wife and the progenitor of a tribe by his name <BR> 2) a Korahite Levite and the 7th son of Obed-edom and doorkeeper to the temple <BR> n pr coll <BR> 3) the tribe descended from Issachar the son of Jacob <BR> n pr loc <BR> 4) the territory allocated to the descendants of Issachar when they entered the land of Canaan 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        bə·yiś·śā·š·ḵār
         Within Issachar 
    
 
        
            וּבְאָשֵׁ֗ר 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וּבְאָשֵׁ֗ר 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ū·ḇə·’ā·šêr
                
                
                     and Asher 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw, Preposition-b | Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        836 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Asher = |happy|<BR> 1) son of Jacob and Zilpah <BR> 2) the tribe descended from Asher <BR> 3) a city east of Shechem in Manasseh 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ū·ḇə·’ā·šêr
         and Asher 
    
 
        
            בֵּית־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בֵּית־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    bêṯ-
                
                
                     - , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1052 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Beth-shean or Beth-Shan = |house of ease|<BR> 1) a place in Manasseh, west of the Jordan 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        bêṯ-
         - , 
    
 
        
            לִמְנַשֶּׁ֜ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לִמְנַשֶּׁ֜ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lim·naš·šeh
                
                
                     Manasseh 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-l | Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4519 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Manasseh = |causing to forget|<BR> 1) the eldest son of Joseph and progenitor of the tribe of Manasseh <BR> 1a) the tribe descended from Manasseh <BR> 1b) the territory occupied by the tribe of Manasseh <BR> 2) son of king Hezekiah of Judah and himself king of Judah; he was the immediate and direct cause for the exile <BR> 3) a descendant of Pahath-moab who put away a foreign wife in the time of Ezra <BR> 4) a descendant of Hashum who put away a foreign wife in the time of Ezra 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lim·naš·šeh
         Manasseh 
    
 
        
            וַיְהִ֨י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וַיְהִ֨י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    way·hî
                
                
                     was assigned 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Qal - Consecutive imperfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1961 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to be, become, come to pass, exist, happen, fall out <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) ----- <BR> 1a1a) to happen, fall out, occur, take place, come about, come to pass <BR> 1a1b) to come about, come to pass <BR> 1a2) to come into being, become <BR> 1a2a) to arise, appear, come <BR> 1a2b) to become <BR> 1a2b1) to become <BR> 1a2b2) to become like <BR> 1a2b3) to be instituted, be established <BR> 1a3) to be <BR> 1a3a) to exist, be in existence <BR> 1a3b) to abide, remain, continue (with word of place or time) <BR> 1a3c) to stand, lie, be in, be at, be situated (with word of locality) <BR> 1a3d) to accompany, be with <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to occur, come to pass, be done, be brought about <BR> 1b2) to be done, be finished, be gone 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        way·hî
         was assigned 
    
 
        
            שְׁאָ֣ן 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
שְׁאָ֣ן 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    šə·’ān
                
                
                     Beth-shean 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1052 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Beth-shean or Beth-Shan = |house of ease|<BR> 1) a place in Manasseh, west of the Jordan 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        šə·’ān
         Beth-shean 
    
 
        
            וּ֠בְנוֹתֶיהָ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וּ֠בְנוֹתֶיהָ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ū·ḇə·nō·w·ṯe·hā
                
                
                     - , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Noun - feminine plural construct | third person feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1323 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        n f<BR> 1) daughter <BR> 1a) daughter, girl, adopted daughter, daughter-in-law, sister, granddaughters, female child, cousin <BR> 1a1) as polite address <BR> n pr f <BR> 1a2) as designation of women of a particular place <BR> 2) young women, women <BR> 1a3) as personification <BR> 1a4) daughter-villages <BR> 1a5) description of character 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ū·ḇə·nō·w·ṯe·hā
         - , 
    
 
        
            וְיִבְלְעָ֨ם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְיִבְלְעָ֨ם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·yiḇ·lə·‘ām
                
                
                     Ibleam , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Noun - proper - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2991 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Ibleam = |devouring the people|<BR> 1) a city of Manasseh apparently located in the territory of either Issachar or Asher 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·yiḇ·lə·‘ām
         Ibleam , 
    
 
        
            וּבְנוֹתֶ֜יהָ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וּבְנוֹתֶ֜יהָ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ū·ḇə·nō·w·ṯe·hā
                
                
                     - 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Noun - feminine plural construct | third person feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1323 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        n f<BR> 1) daughter <BR> 1a) daughter, girl, adopted daughter, daughter-in-law, sister, granddaughters, female child, cousin <BR> 1a1) as polite address <BR> n pr f <BR> 1a2) as designation of women of a particular place <BR> 2) young women, women <BR> 1a3) as personification <BR> 1a4) daughter-villages <BR> 1a5) description of character 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ū·ḇə·nō·w·ṯe·hā
         - 
    
 
        
            וְֽאֶת־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְֽאֶת־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·’eṯ-
                
                
                     - 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Direct object marker 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        853 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) sign of the definite direct object, not translated in English but generally preceding and indicating the accusative 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·’eṯ-
         - 
    
 
        
            יֹשְׁבֵ֧י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יֹשְׁבֵ֧י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    yō·šə·ḇê
                
                
                     - 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Qal - Participle - masculine plural construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3427 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to dwell, remain, sit, abide <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to sit, sit down <BR> 1a2) to be set <BR> 1a3) to remain, stay <BR> 1a4) to dwell, have one's abode <BR> 1b) (Niphal) to be inhabited <BR> 1c) (Piel) to set, place <BR> 1d) (Hiphil) <BR> 1d1) to cause to sit <BR> 1d2) to cause to abide, set <BR> 1d3) to cause to dwell <BR> 1d4) to cause (cities) to be inhabited <BR> 1d5) to marry (give an dwelling to) <BR> 1e) (Hophal) <BR> 1e1) to be inhabited <BR> 1e2) to make to dwell 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        yō·šə·ḇê
         - 
    
 
        
            דֹ֣אר 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
דֹ֣אר 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ḏōr
                
                
                     Dor 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1756 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Dor = |generation|<BR> 1) a coastal city in Manasseh, south of Carmel 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ḏōr
         Dor 
    
 
        
            וּבְנוֹתֶ֗יהָ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וּבְנוֹתֶ֗יהָ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ū·ḇə·nō·w·ṯe·hā
                
                
                     - 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Noun - feminine plural construct | third person feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1323 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        n f<BR> 1) daughter <BR> 1a) daughter, girl, adopted daughter, daughter-in-law, sister, granddaughters, female child, cousin <BR> 1a1) as polite address <BR> n pr f <BR> 1a2) as designation of women of a particular place <BR> 2) young women, women <BR> 1a3) as personification <BR> 1a4) daughter-villages <BR> 1a5) description of character 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ū·ḇə·nō·w·ṯe·hā
         - 
    
 
        
            שְׁלֹ֖שֶׁת 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
שְׁלֹ֖שֶׁת 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    šə·lō·šeṯ
                
                
                     (that is, 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Number - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7969 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) three, triad <BR> 1a) 3, 300, third 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        šə·lō·šeṯ
         (that is, 
    
 
        
            הַנָּֽפֶת׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הַנָּֽפֶת׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    han·nā·p̄eṯ
                
                
                     Naphath ) , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Noun - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5316 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) height 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        han·nā·p̄eṯ
         Naphath ) , 
    
 
        
            וְיֹשְׁבֵ֤י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְיֹשְׁבֵ֤י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·yō·šə·ḇê
                
                
                     - 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Qal - Participle - masculine plural construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3427 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to dwell, remain, sit, abide <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to sit, sit down <BR> 1a2) to be set <BR> 1a3) to remain, stay <BR> 1a4) to dwell, have one's abode <BR> 1b) (Niphal) to be inhabited <BR> 1c) (Piel) to set, place <BR> 1d) (Hiphil) <BR> 1d1) to cause to sit <BR> 1d2) to cause to abide, set <BR> 1d3) to cause to dwell <BR> 1d4) to cause (cities) to be inhabited <BR> 1d5) to marry (give an dwelling to) <BR> 1e) (Hophal) <BR> 1e1) to be inhabited <BR> 1e2) to make to dwell 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·yō·šə·ḇê
         - 
    
 
        
            עֵֽין־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עֵֽין־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ‘ên-
                
                
                     vvv 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                         
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5874 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        En-dor = |fountain of Dor|<BR> 1) a place in the territory of Issachar yet possessed by Manasseh; located 4 miles (6.5 km) north of Tabor <BR> 1a) place of residence of the spiritist consulted by king Saul 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ‘ên-
         vvv 
    
 
        
            דֹּר֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
דֹּר֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    dōr
                
                
                     Endor 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5874 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        En-dor = |fountain of Dor|<BR> 1) a place in the territory of Issachar yet possessed by Manasseh; located 4 miles (6.5 km) north of Tabor <BR> 1a) place of residence of the spiritist consulted by king Saul 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        dōr
         Endor 
    
 
        
            וּבְנֹתֶ֔יהָ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וּבְנֹתֶ֔יהָ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ū·ḇə·nō·ṯe·hā
                
                
                     - , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Noun - feminine plural construct | third person feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1323 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        n f<BR> 1) daughter <BR> 1a) daughter, girl, adopted daughter, daughter-in-law, sister, granddaughters, female child, cousin <BR> 1a1) as polite address <BR> n pr f <BR> 1a2) as designation of women of a particular place <BR> 2) young women, women <BR> 1a3) as personification <BR> 1a4) daughter-villages <BR> 1a5) description of character 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ū·ḇə·nō·ṯe·hā
         - , 
    
 
        
            וְיֹשְׁבֵ֤י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְיֹשְׁבֵ֤י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·yō·šə·ḇê
                
                
                     - 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Qal - Participle - masculine plural construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3427 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to dwell, remain, sit, abide <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to sit, sit down <BR> 1a2) to be set <BR> 1a3) to remain, stay <BR> 1a4) to dwell, have one's abode <BR> 1b) (Niphal) to be inhabited <BR> 1c) (Piel) to set, place <BR> 1d) (Hiphil) <BR> 1d1) to cause to sit <BR> 1d2) to cause to abide, set <BR> 1d3) to cause to dwell <BR> 1d4) to cause (cities) to be inhabited <BR> 1d5) to marry (give an dwelling to) <BR> 1e) (Hophal) <BR> 1e1) to be inhabited <BR> 1e2) to make to dwell 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·yō·šə·ḇê
         - 
    
 
        
            תַעְנַךְ֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
תַעְנַךְ֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ṯa‘·naḵ
                
                
                     Taanach 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        8590 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Taanach or Tanach = |sandy|<BR> 1) an ancient Canaanite city conquered by Joshua and allotted to the half tribe of Manasseh although in the territory of Issachar; given to the Kohathite Levites; located on the west of the Jordan and near the waters of Megiddo 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ṯa‘·naḵ
         Taanach 
    
 
        
            וּבְנֹתֶ֔יהָ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וּבְנֹתֶ֔יהָ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ū·ḇə·nō·ṯe·hā
                
                
                     - , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Noun - feminine plural construct | third person feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1323 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        n f<BR> 1) daughter <BR> 1a) daughter, girl, adopted daughter, daughter-in-law, sister, granddaughters, female child, cousin <BR> 1a1) as polite address <BR> n pr f <BR> 1a2) as designation of women of a particular place <BR> 2) young women, women <BR> 1a3) as personification <BR> 1a4) daughter-villages <BR> 1a5) description of character 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ū·ḇə·nō·ṯe·hā
         - , 
    
 
        
            וְיֹשְׁבֵ֥י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְיֹשְׁבֵ֥י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·yō·šə·ḇê
                
                
                     [and] 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Qal - Participle - masculine plural construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3427 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to dwell, remain, sit, abide <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to sit, sit down <BR> 1a2) to be set <BR> 1a3) to remain, stay <BR> 1a4) to dwell, have one's abode <BR> 1b) (Niphal) to be inhabited <BR> 1c) (Piel) to set, place <BR> 1d) (Hiphil) <BR> 1d1) to cause to sit <BR> 1d2) to cause to abide, set <BR> 1d3) to cause to dwell <BR> 1d4) to cause (cities) to be inhabited <BR> 1d5) to marry (give an dwelling to) <BR> 1e) (Hophal) <BR> 1e1) to be inhabited <BR> 1e2) to make to dwell 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·yō·šə·ḇê
         [and] 
    
 
        
            מְגִדּ֖וֹ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מְגִדּ֖וֹ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    mə·ḡid·dōw
                
                
                     Megiddo , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4023 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Megiddo or Megiddon = |place of crowds|<BR> 1) ancient city of Canaan assigned to Manasseh and located on the southern rim of the plain of Esdraelon 6 miles (10 km) from Mount Carmel and 11 miles (18 km) from Nazareth 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        mə·ḡid·dōw
         Megiddo , 
    
 
        
            וּבְנוֹתֶ֑יהָ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וּבְנוֹתֶ֑יהָ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ū·ḇə·nō·w·ṯe·hā
                
                
                     each with their surrounding settlements . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Noun - feminine plural construct | third person feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1323 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        n f<BR> 1) daughter <BR> 1a) daughter, girl, adopted daughter, daughter-in-law, sister, granddaughters, female child, cousin <BR> 1a1) as polite address <BR> n pr f <BR> 1a2) as designation of women of a particular place <BR> 2) young women, women <BR> 1a3) as personification <BR> 1a4) daughter-villages <BR> 1a5) description of character 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ū·ḇə·nō·w·ṯe·hā
         each with their surrounding settlements . 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            But the descendants of Manasseh were unable to occupy these cities, because the Canaanites were determined to stay in this land.
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            בְּנֵ֣י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בְּנֵ֣י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    bə·nê
                
                
                     But the descendants 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine plural construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1121 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) son, grandson, child, member of a group <BR> 1a) son, male child <BR> 1b) grandson <BR> 1c) children (pl. - male and female) <BR> 1d) youth, young men (pl.) <BR> 1e) young (of animals) <BR> 1f) sons (as characterisation, i.e. sons of injustice [for un- righteous men] or sons of God [for angels] <BR> 1g) people (of a nation) (pl.) <BR> 1h) of lifeless things, i.e. sparks, stars, arrows (fig.) <BR> 1i) a member of a guild, order, class 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        bə·nê
         But the descendants 
    
 
        
            מְנַשֶּׁ֔ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מְנַשֶּׁ֔ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    mə·naš·šeh
                
                
                     of Manasseh 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4519 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Manasseh = |causing to forget|<BR> 1) the eldest son of Joseph and progenitor of the tribe of Manasseh <BR> 1a) the tribe descended from Manasseh <BR> 1b) the territory occupied by the tribe of Manasseh <BR> 2) son of king Hezekiah of Judah and himself king of Judah; he was the immediate and direct cause for the exile <BR> 3) a descendant of Pahath-moab who put away a foreign wife in the time of Ezra <BR> 4) a descendant of Hashum who put away a foreign wife in the time of Ezra 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        mə·naš·šeh
         of Manasseh 
    
 
        
            יָכְלוּ֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יָכְלוּ֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    yā·ḵə·lū
                
                
                     were unable 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Qal - Perfect - third person common plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3201 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to prevail, overcome, endure, have power, be able <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to be able, be able to gain or accomplish, be able to endure, be able to reach <BR> 1a2) to prevail, prevail over or against, overcome, be victor <BR> 1a3) to have ability, have strength 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        yā·ḵə·lū
         were unable 
    
 
        
            וְלֹ֤א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְלֹ֤א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·lō
                
                
                     . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Adverb - Negative particle 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3808 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) not, no <BR> 1a) not (with verb-absolute prohibition) <BR> 1b) not (with modifier-negation) <BR> 1c) nothing (subst) <BR> 1d) without (with particle) <BR> 1e) before (of time) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·lō
         . . . 
    
 
        
            לְהוֹרִ֖ישׁ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לְהוֹרִ֖ישׁ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lə·hō·w·rîš
                
                
                     to occupy 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-l | Verb - Hifil - Infinitive construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3423 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to seize, dispossess, take possession off, inherit, disinherit, occupy, impoverish, be an heir <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to take possession of <BR> 1a2) to inherit <BR> 1a3) to impoverish, come to poverty, be poor <BR> 1b) (Niphal) to be dispossessed, be impoverished, come to poverty <BR> 1c) (Piel) to devour <BR> 1d) (Hiphil) <BR> 1d1) to cause to possess or inherit <BR> 1d2) to cause others to possess or inherit <BR> 1d3) to impoverish <BR> 1d4) to dispossess <BR> 1d5) to destroy, bring to ruin, disinherit 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lə·hō·w·rîš
         to occupy 
    
 
        
            אֶת־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֶת־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’eṯ-
                
                
                     - 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Direct object marker 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        853 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) sign of the definite direct object, not translated in English but generally preceding and indicating the accusative 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’eṯ-
         - 
    
 
        
            הָאֵ֑לֶּה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הָאֵ֑לֶּה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hā·’êl·leh
                
                
                     these 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Pronoun - common plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        428 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) these <BR> 1a) used before antecedent <BR> 1b) used following antecedent 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hā·’êl·leh
         these 
    
 
        
            הֶֽעָרִ֣ים 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הֶֽעָרִ֣ים 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    he·‘ā·rîm
                
                
                     cities , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Noun - feminine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5892 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) excitement, anguish <BR> 1a) of terror <BR> 2) city, town (a place of waking, guarded) <BR> 2a) city, town 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        he·‘ā·rîm
         cities , 
    
 
        
            הַֽכְּנַעֲנִ֔י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הַֽכְּנַעֲנִ֔י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hak·kə·na·‘ă·nî
                
                
                     because the Canaanites 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3669 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Canaanite = see Cana |zealous| <BR> adj <BR> 1) descendant of inhabitant of Canaan<BR> n <BR> 2) descendant or inhabitant of Canaan <BR> 3) a merchant, trader 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hak·kə·na·‘ă·nî
         because the Canaanites 
    
 
        
            וַיּ֙וֹאֶל֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וַיּ֙וֹאֶל֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    way·yō·w·’el
                
                
                     were determined 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Hifil - Consecutive imperfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2974 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to begin, make a beginning, show willingness, undertake to do, be pleased, be determined <BR> 1a) (Hiphil) <BR> 1a1) to agree to, show willingness, acquiesce, accept an invitation, be willing <BR> 1a2) to undertake <BR> 1a3) to resolve, be pleased, be determined 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        way·yō·w·’el
         were determined 
    
 
        
            לָשֶׁ֖בֶת 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לָשֶׁ֖בֶת 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lā·še·ḇeṯ
                
                
                     to stay 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-l | Verb - Qal - Infinitive construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3427 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to dwell, remain, sit, abide <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to sit, sit down <BR> 1a2) to be set <BR> 1a3) to remain, stay <BR> 1a4) to dwell, have one's abode <BR> 1b) (Niphal) to be inhabited <BR> 1c) (Piel) to set, place <BR> 1d) (Hiphil) <BR> 1d1) to cause to sit <BR> 1d2) to cause to abide, set <BR> 1d3) to cause to dwell <BR> 1d4) to cause (cities) to be inhabited <BR> 1d5) to marry (give an dwelling to) <BR> 1e) (Hophal) <BR> 1e1) to be inhabited <BR> 1e2) to make to dwell 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lā·še·ḇeṯ
         to stay 
    
 
        
            הַזֹּֽאת׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הַזֹּֽאת׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    haz·zōṯ
                
                
                     in this 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Pronoun - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2063 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) this, this one, here, which, this...that, the one...the other, such <BR> 1a) (alone) <BR> 1a1) this one <BR> 1a2) this...that, the one...the other, another <BR> 1b) (appos to subst) <BR> 1b1) this <BR> 1c) (as predicate) <BR> 1c1) this, such <BR> 1d) (enclitically) <BR> 1d1) then <BR> 1d2) who, whom <BR> 1d3) how now, what now <BR> 1d4) what now <BR> 1d5) wherefore now <BR> 1d6) behold here <BR> 1d7) just now <BR> 1d8) now, now already <BR> 1e) (poetry) <BR> 1e1) wherein, which, those who <BR> 1f) (with prefixes) <BR> 1f1) in this (place) here, then <BR> 1f2) on these conditions, herewith, thus provided, by, through this, for this cause, in this matter <BR> 1f3) thus and thus <BR> 1f4) as follows, things such as these, accordingly, to that effect, in like manner, thus and thus <BR> 1f5) from here, hence, on one side...on the other side <BR> 1f6) on this account <BR> 1f7) in spite of this, which, whence, how 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        haz·zōṯ
         in this 
    
 
        
            בָּאָ֥רֶץ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בָּאָ֥רֶץ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    bā·’ā·reṣ
                
                
                     land . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-b, Article | Noun - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        776 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) land, earth<BR> 1a) earth <BR> 1a1) whole earth (as opposed to a part) <BR> 1a2) earth (as opposed to heaven) <BR> 1a3) earth (inhabitants) <BR> 1b) land <BR> 1b1) country, territory <BR> 1b2) district, region <BR> 1b3) tribal territory <BR> 1b4) piece of ground <BR> 1b5) land of Canaan, Israel <BR> 1b6) inhabitants of land <BR> 1b7) Sheol, land without return, (under) world <BR> 1b8) city (-state) <BR> 1c) ground, surface of the earth <BR> 1c1) ground <BR> 1c2) soil <BR> 1d) (in phrases) <BR> 1d1) people of the land <BR> 1d2) space or distance of country (in measurements of distance) <BR> 1d3) level or plain country <BR> 1d4) land of the living <BR> 1d5) end(s) of the earth <BR> 1e) (almost wholly late in usage) <BR> 1e1) lands, countries <BR> 1e1a) often in contrast to Canaan 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        bā·’ā·reṣ
         land . 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            However, when the Israelites grew stronger, they put the Canaanites to forced labor; but they failed to drive them out completely.
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            וַֽיְהִ֗י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וַֽיְהִ֗י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    way·hî
                
                
                     However , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Qal - Consecutive imperfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1961 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to be, become, come to pass, exist, happen, fall out <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) ----- <BR> 1a1a) to happen, fall out, occur, take place, come about, come to pass <BR> 1a1b) to come about, come to pass <BR> 1a2) to come into being, become <BR> 1a2a) to arise, appear, come <BR> 1a2b) to become <BR> 1a2b1) to become <BR> 1a2b2) to become like <BR> 1a2b3) to be instituted, be established <BR> 1a3) to be <BR> 1a3a) to exist, be in existence <BR> 1a3b) to abide, remain, continue (with word of place or time) <BR> 1a3c) to stand, lie, be in, be at, be situated (with word of locality) <BR> 1a3d) to accompany, be with <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to occur, come to pass, be done, be brought about <BR> 1b2) to be done, be finished, be gone 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        way·hî
         However , 
    
 
        
            כִּ֤י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
כִּ֤י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    kî
                
                
                     when 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunction 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3588 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) that, for, because, when, as though, as, because that, but, then, certainly, except, surely, since <BR> 1a) that <BR> 1a1) yea, indeed <BR> 1b) when (of time) <BR> 1b1) when, if, though (with a concessive force) <BR> 1c) because, since (causal connection) <BR> 1d) but (after negative) <BR> 1e) that if, for if, indeed if, for though, but if <BR> 1f) but rather, but <BR> 1g) except that <BR> 1h) only, nevertheless <BR> 1i) surely <BR> 1j) that is <BR> 1k) but if <BR> 1l) for though <BR> 1m) forasmuch as, for therefore 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        kî
         when 
    
 
        
            בְּנֵ֣י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בְּנֵ֣י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    bə·nê
                
                
                     the Israelites 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine plural construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1121 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) son, grandson, child, member of a group <BR> 1a) son, male child <BR> 1b) grandson <BR> 1c) children (pl. - male and female) <BR> 1d) youth, young men (pl.) <BR> 1e) young (of animals) <BR> 1f) sons (as characterisation, i.e. sons of injustice [for un- righteous men] or sons of God [for angels] <BR> 1g) people (of a nation) (pl.) <BR> 1h) of lifeless things, i.e. sparks, stars, arrows (fig.) <BR> 1i) a member of a guild, order, class 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        bə·nê
         the Israelites 
    
 
        
            יִשְׂרָאֵ֔ל 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יִשְׂרָאֵ֔ל 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    yiś·rā·’êl
                
                
                     . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3478 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Israel = |God prevails|<BR> 1) the second name for Jacob given to him by God after his wrestling with the angel at Peniel <BR> 2) the name of the descendants and the nation of the descendants of Jacob <BR> 2a) the name of the nation until the death of Solomon and the split <BR> 2b) the name used and given to the northern kingdom consisting of the 10 tribes under Jeroboam; the southern kingdom was known as Judah <BR> 2c) the name of the nation after the return from exile 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        yiś·rā·’êl
         . . . 
    
 
        
            חָֽזְקוּ֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
חָֽזְקוּ֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ḥā·zə·qū
                
                
                     grew stronger , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Qal - Perfect - third person common plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2388 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to strengthen, prevail, harden, be strong, become strong, be courageous, be firm, grow firm, be resolute, be sore <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to be strong, grow strong <BR> 1a1a) to prevail, prevail upon <BR> 1a1b) to be firm, be caught fast, be secure <BR> 1a1c) to press, be urgent <BR> 1a1d) to grow stout, grow rigid, grow hard (bad sense) <BR> 1a1e) to be severe, be grievous <BR> 1a2) to strengthen <BR> 1b) (Piel) <BR> 1b1) to make strong <BR> 1b2) to restore to strength, give strength <BR> 1b3) to strengthen, sustain, encourage <BR> 1b4) to make strong, make bold, encourage <BR> 1b5) to make firm <BR> 1b6) to make rigid, make hard <BR> 1c) (Hiphil) <BR> 1c1) to make strong, strengthen <BR> 1c2) to make firm <BR> 1c3) to display strength <BR> 1c4) to make severe <BR> 1c5) to support <BR> 1c6) to repair <BR> 1c7) to prevail, prevail upon <BR> 1c8) to have or take or keep hold of, retain, hold up, sustain, support <BR> 1c9) to hold, contain <BR> 1d) (Hithpael) <BR> 1d1) to strengthen oneself <BR> 1d2) to put forth strength, use one's strength <BR> 1d3) to withstand <BR> 1d4) to hold strongly with 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ḥā·zə·qū
         grew stronger , 
    
 
        
            וַיִּתְּנ֥וּ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וַיִּתְּנ֥וּ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    way·yit·tə·nū
                
                
                     they put 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Qal - Consecutive imperfect - third person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5414 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to give, put, set <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to give, bestow, grant, permit, ascribe, employ, devote, consecrate, dedicate, pay wages, sell, exchange, lend, commit, entrust, give over, deliver up, yield produce, occasion, produce, requite to, report, mention, utter, stretch out, extend <BR> 1a2) to put, set, put on, put upon, set, appoint, assign, designate <BR> 1a3) to make, constitute <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to be given, be bestowed, be provided, be entrusted to, be granted to, be permitted, be issued, be published, be uttered, be assigned <BR> 1b2) to be set, be put, be made, be inflicted <BR> 1c) (Hophal) <BR> 1c1) to be given, be bestowed, be given up, be delivered up <BR> 1c2) to be put upon 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        way·yit·tə·nū
         they put 
    
 
        
            אֶת־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֶת־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’eṯ-
                
                
                     - 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Direct object marker 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        853 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) sign of the definite direct object, not translated in English but generally preceding and indicating the accusative 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’eṯ-
         - 
    
 
        
            הַֽכְּנַעֲנִ֖י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הַֽכְּנַעֲנִ֖י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hak·kə·na·‘ă·nî
                
                
                     the Canaanites 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3669 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Canaanite = see Cana |zealous| <BR> adj <BR> 1) descendant of inhabitant of Canaan<BR> n <BR> 2) descendant or inhabitant of Canaan <BR> 3) a merchant, trader 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hak·kə·na·‘ă·nî
         the Canaanites 
    
 
        
            לָמַ֑ס 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לָמַ֑ס 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lā·mas
                
                
                     to forced labor ; 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-l | Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4522 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) gang or body of forced labourers, task-workers, labour band or gang, forced service, task-work, serfdom, tributary, tribute, levy, taskmasters, discomfited <BR> 1a) labour-band, labour-gang, slave gang <BR> 1b) gang-overseers <BR> 1c) forced service, serfdom, tribute, enforced payment 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lā·mas
         to forced labor ; 
    
 
        
            לֹ֥א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לֹ֥א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lō
                
                
                     but they failed 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Adverb - Negative particle 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3808 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) not, no <BR> 1a) not (with verb-absolute prohibition) <BR> 1b) not (with modifier-negation) <BR> 1c) nothing (subst) <BR> 1d) without (with particle) <BR> 1e) before (of time) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lō
         but they failed 
    
 
        
            וְהוֹרֵ֖שׁ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְהוֹרֵ֖שׁ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·hō·w·rêš
                
                
                     to drive them out 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Hifil - Infinitive absolute 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3423 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to seize, dispossess, take possession off, inherit, disinherit, occupy, impoverish, be an heir <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to take possession of <BR> 1a2) to inherit <BR> 1a3) to impoverish, come to poverty, be poor <BR> 1b) (Niphal) to be dispossessed, be impoverished, come to poverty <BR> 1c) (Piel) to devour <BR> 1d) (Hiphil) <BR> 1d1) to cause to possess or inherit <BR> 1d2) to cause others to possess or inherit <BR> 1d3) to impoverish <BR> 1d4) to dispossess <BR> 1d5) to destroy, bring to ruin, disinherit 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·hō·w·rêš
         to drive them out 
    
 
        
            הוֹרִישֽׁוֹ׃ס 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הוֹרִישֽׁוֹ׃ס 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hō·w·rî·šōw
                
                
                     completely . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Hifil - Perfect - third person masculine singular | third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3423 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to seize, dispossess, take possession off, inherit, disinherit, occupy, impoverish, be an heir <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to take possession of <BR> 1a2) to inherit <BR> 1a3) to impoverish, come to poverty, be poor <BR> 1b) (Niphal) to be dispossessed, be impoverished, come to poverty <BR> 1c) (Piel) to devour <BR> 1d) (Hiphil) <BR> 1d1) to cause to possess or inherit <BR> 1d2) to cause others to possess or inherit <BR> 1d3) to impoverish <BR> 1d4) to dispossess <BR> 1d5) to destroy, bring to ruin, disinherit 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hō·w·rî·šōw
         completely . 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            Then the sons of Joseph said to Joshua, “Why have you given us only one portion as an inheritance? We have many people, because the LORD has blessed us abundantly.”
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            בְּנֵ֣י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בְּנֵ֣י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    bə·nê
                
                
                     Then the sons 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine plural construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1121 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) son, grandson, child, member of a group <BR> 1a) son, male child <BR> 1b) grandson <BR> 1c) children (pl. - male and female) <BR> 1d) youth, young men (pl.) <BR> 1e) young (of animals) <BR> 1f) sons (as characterisation, i.e. sons of injustice [for un- righteous men] or sons of God [for angels] <BR> 1g) people (of a nation) (pl.) <BR> 1h) of lifeless things, i.e. sparks, stars, arrows (fig.) <BR> 1i) a member of a guild, order, class 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        bə·nê
         Then the sons 
    
 
        
            יוֹסֵ֔ף 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יוֹסֵ֔ף 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    yō·w·sêp̄
                
                
                     of Joseph 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3130 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Joseph = |Jehovah has added|<BR> 1) the eldest son of Jacob by Rachel <BR> 2) father of Igal, who represented the tribe of Issachar among the spies <BR> 3) a son of Asaph <BR> 4) a man who took a foreign wife in the time of Ezra <BR> 5) a priest of the family of Shebaniah in the time of Nehemiah 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        yō·w·sêp̄
         of Joseph 
    
 
        
            וַֽיְדַבְּרוּ֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וַֽיְדַבְּרוּ֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    way·ḏab·bə·rū
                
                
                     said 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Piel - Consecutive imperfect - third person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1696 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to speak, declare, converse, command, promise, warn, threaten, sing <BR> 1a) (Qal) to speak <BR> 1b) (Niphal) to speak with one another, talk <BR> 1c) (Piel) <BR> 1c1) to speak <BR> 1c2) to promise <BR> 1d) (Pual) to be spoken <BR> 1e) (Hithpael) to speak <BR> 1f) (Hiphil) to lead away, put to flight 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        way·ḏab·bə·rū
         said 
    
 
        
            אֶת־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֶת־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’eṯ-
                
                
                     to 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        854 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) with, near, together with <BR> 1a) with, together with <BR> 1b) with (of relationship) <BR> 1c) near (of place)<BR> 1d) with (poss.) <BR> 1e) from...with, from (with other prep) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’eṯ-
         to 
    
 
        
            יְהוֹשֻׁ֖עַ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יְהוֹשֻׁ֖עַ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    yə·hō·wō·šu·a‘
                
                
                     Joshua , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3091 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Joshua or Jehoshua = |Jehovah is salvation| <BR> n pr m <BR> 1) son of Nun of the tribe of Ephraim and successor to Moses as the leader of the children of Israel; led the conquest of Canaan <BR> 2) a resident of Beth-shemesh on whose land the Ark of the Covenant came to a stop after the Philistines returned it <BR> 3) son of Jehozadak and high priest after the restoration <BR> 4) governor of Jerusalem under king Josiah who gave his name to a gate of the city of Jerusalem 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        yə·hō·wō·šu·a‘
         Joshua , 
    
 
        
            לֵאמֹ֑ר 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לֵאמֹ֑ר 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lê·mōr
                
                
                     . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-l | Verb - Qal - Infinitive construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        559 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to say, speak, utter <BR> 1a) (Qal) to say, to answer, to say in one's heart, to think, to command, to promise, to intend <BR> 1b) (Niphal) to be told, to be said, to be called <BR> 1c) (Hithpael) to boast, to act proudly <BR> 1d) (Hiphil) to avow, to avouch 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lê·mōr
         . . . 
    
 
        
            מַדּוּעַ֩ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מַדּוּעַ֩ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    mad·dū·a‘
                
                
                     “ Why 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Interrogative 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4069 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) why?, on what account?, wherefore? 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        mad·dū·a‘
         “ Why 
    
 
        
            נָתַ֨תָּה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
נָתַ֨תָּה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    nā·ṯat·tāh
                
                
                     have you given 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Qal - Perfect - second person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5414 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to give, put, set <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to give, bestow, grant, permit, ascribe, employ, devote, consecrate, dedicate, pay wages, sell, exchange, lend, commit, entrust, give over, deliver up, yield produce, occasion, produce, requite to, report, mention, utter, stretch out, extend <BR> 1a2) to put, set, put on, put upon, set, appoint, assign, designate <BR> 1a3) to make, constitute <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to be given, be bestowed, be provided, be entrusted to, be granted to, be permitted, be issued, be published, be uttered, be assigned <BR> 1b2) to be set, be put, be made, be inflicted <BR> 1c) (Hophal) <BR> 1c1) to be given, be bestowed, be given up, be delivered up <BR> 1c2) to be put upon 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        nā·ṯat·tāh
         have you given 
    
 
        
            לִּ֜י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לִּ֜י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lî
                
                
                     us 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition | first person common singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                         
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                         
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lî
         us 
    
 
        
            אֶחָד֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֶחָד֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’e·ḥāḏ
                
                
                     [only] 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Number - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        259 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) one (number) <BR> 1a) one (number) <BR> 1b) each, every <BR> 1c) a certain <BR> 1d) an (indefinite article) <BR> 1e) only, once, once for all <BR> 1f) one...another, the one...the other, one after another, one by one <BR> 1g) first <BR> 1h) eleven (in combination), eleventh (ordinal) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’e·ḥāḏ
         [only] 
    
 
        
            וְחֶ֣בֶל 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְחֶ֣בֶל 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·ḥe·ḇel
                
                
                     . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2256 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) a cord, rope, territory, band, company <BR> 1a) a rope, cord <BR> 1b) a measuring-cord or line <BR> 1c) a measured portion, lot, part, region <BR> 1d) a band or company <BR> 2) pain, sorrow, travail, pang <BR> 2a) pains of travail <BR> 2b) pains, pangs, sorrows <BR> 3) union <BR> 4) destruction 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·ḥe·ḇel
         . . . 
    
 
        
            אֶחָ֔ד 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֶחָ֔ד 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’e·ḥāḏ
                
                
                     one 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Number - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        259 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) one (number) <BR> 1a) one (number) <BR> 1b) each, every <BR> 1c) a certain <BR> 1d) an (indefinite article) <BR> 1e) only, once, once for all <BR> 1f) one...another, the one...the other, one after another, one by one <BR> 1g) first <BR> 1h) eleven (in combination), eleventh (ordinal) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’e·ḥāḏ
         one 
    
 
        
            גּוֹרָ֤ל 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
גּוֹרָ֤ל 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    gō·w·rāl
                
                
                     portion 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1486 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) lot <BR> 1a) lot-pebbles used for systematically making decisions <BR> 2) portion<BR> 2a) lot, portion (thing assigned by casting lots) <BR> 2b) recompense, retribution 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        gō·w·rāl
         portion 
    
 
        
            נַחֲלָ֗ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
נַחֲלָ֗ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    na·ḥă·lāh
                
                
                     as an inheritance ? 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5159 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) possession, property, inheritance, heritage <BR> 1a) property <BR> 1b) portion, share<BR> 1c) inheritance, portion 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        na·ḥă·lāh
         as an inheritance ? 
    
 
        
            וַֽאֲנִ֣י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וַֽאֲנִ֣י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wa·’ă·nî
                
                
                     We 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Pronoun - first person common singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        589 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) I (first pers. sing. -usually used for emphasis) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wa·’ă·nî
         We 
    
 
        
            רָ֔ב 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
רָ֔ב 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    rāḇ
                
                
                     have many 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Adjective - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7227 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        adj <BR> 1) much, many, great <BR> 1a) much <BR> 1b) many <BR> 1c) abounding in <BR> 1d) more numerous than <BR> 1e) abundant, enough <BR> 1f) great <BR> 1g) strong <BR> 1h) greater than <BR> adv <BR> 1i) much, exceedingly <BR> n m <BR> 2) captain, chief 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        rāḇ
         have many 
    
 
        
            עַם־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עַם־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ‘am-
                
                
                     people , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5971 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) nation, people <BR> 1a) people, nation <BR> 1b) persons, members of one's people, compatriots, country-men <BR> 2) kinsman, kindred 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ‘am-
         people , 
    
 
        
            עַ֥ד 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עַ֥ד 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ‘aḏ
                
                
                     because 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5704 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        prep<BR> 1) as far as, even to, until, up to, while, as far as <BR> 1a) of space <BR> 1a1) as far as, up to, even to <BR> 1b) in combination <BR> 1b1) from...as far as, both...and (with 'min' -from) <BR> 1c) of time <BR> 1c1) even to, until, unto, till, during, end <BR> 1d) of degree <BR> 1d1) even to, to the degree of, even like <BR> conj <BR> 2) until, while, to the point that, so that even 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ‘aḏ
         because 
    
 
        
            אֲשֶׁר־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֲשֶׁר־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ă·šer-
                
                
                     - 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Pronoun - relative 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        834 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) (relative part.) <BR> 1a) which, who <BR> 1b) that which <BR> 2) (conj) <BR> 2a) that (in obj clause) <BR> 2b) when <BR> 2c) since <BR> 2d) as <BR> 2e) conditional if 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ă·šer-
         - 
    
 
        
            יְהוָֽה׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יְהוָֽה׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    Yah·weh
                
                
                     the LORD 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3068 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Jehovah = |the existing One|<BR> 1) the proper name of the one true God <BR> 1a) unpronounced except with the vowel pointings of H0136 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        Yah·weh
         the LORD 
    
 
        
            עַד־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עַד־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ‘aḏ-
                
                
                     vvv 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5704 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        prep<BR> 1) as far as, even to, until, up to, while, as far as <BR> 1a) of space <BR> 1a1) as far as, up to, even to <BR> 1b) in combination <BR> 1b1) from...as far as, both...and (with 'min' -from) <BR> 1c) of time <BR> 1c1) even to, until, unto, till, during, end <BR> 1d) of degree <BR> 1d1) even to, to the degree of, even like <BR> conj <BR> 2) until, while, to the point that, so that even 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ‘aḏ-
         vvv 
    
 
        
            כֹּ֖ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
כֹּ֖ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    kōh
                
                
                     vvv 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Adverb 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3541 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) thus, here, in this manner <BR> 1a) thus, so <BR> 1b) here, here and there<BR> 1c) until now, until now...until then, meanwhile 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        kōh
         vvv 
    
 
        
            בֵּֽרְכַ֥נִי 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בֵּֽרְכַ֥נִי 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    bê·rə·ḵa·nî
                
                
                     has blessed us abundantly . ” 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Piel - Perfect - third person masculine singular | first person common singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1288 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to bless, kneel <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to kneel <BR> 1a2) to bless <BR> 1b) (Niphal) to be blessed, bless oneself <BR> 1c) (Piel) to bless <BR> 1d) (Pual) to be blessed, be adored <BR> 1e) (Hiphil) to cause to kneel <BR> 1f) (Hithpael) to bless oneself <BR> 2) (TWOT) to praise, salute, curse 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        bê·rə·ḵa·nî
         has blessed us abundantly . ” 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            Joshua answered them, “If you have so many people that the hill country of Ephraim is too small for you, go to the forest and clear for yourself an area in the land of the Perizzites and the Rephaim.”
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            יְהוֹשֻׁ֗עַ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יְהוֹשֻׁ֗עַ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    yə·hō·wō·šu·a‘
                
                
                     Joshua 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3091 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Joshua or Jehoshua = |Jehovah is salvation| <BR> n pr m <BR> 1) son of Nun of the tribe of Ephraim and successor to Moses as the leader of the children of Israel; led the conquest of Canaan <BR> 2) a resident of Beth-shemesh on whose land the Ark of the Covenant came to a stop after the Philistines returned it <BR> 3) son of Jehozadak and high priest after the restoration <BR> 4) governor of Jerusalem under king Josiah who gave his name to a gate of the city of Jerusalem 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        yə·hō·wō·šu·a‘
         Joshua 
    
 
        
            וַיֹּ֨אמֶר 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וַיֹּ֨אמֶר 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    way·yō·mer
                
                
                     answered 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Qal - Consecutive imperfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        559 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to say, speak, utter <BR> 1a) (Qal) to say, to answer, to say in one's heart, to think, to command, to promise, to intend <BR> 1b) (Niphal) to be told, to be said, to be called <BR> 1c) (Hithpael) to boast, to act proudly <BR> 1d) (Hiphil) to avow, to avouch 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        way·yō·mer
         answered 
    
 
        
            אֲלֵיהֶ֜ם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֲלֵיהֶ֜ם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ă·lê·hem
                
                
                     them , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition | third person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        413 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to, toward, unto (of motion) <BR> 2) into (limit is actually entered) <BR> 2a) in among <BR> 3) toward (of direction, not necessarily physical motion) <BR> 4) against (motion or direction of a hostile character) <BR> 5) in addition to, to <BR> 6) concerning, in regard to, in reference to, on account of <BR> 7) according to (rule or standard) <BR> 8) at, by, against (of one's presence) <BR> 9) in between, in within, to within, unto (idea of motion to) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ă·lê·hem
         them , 
    
 
        
            אִם־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אִם־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’im-
                
                
                     “ If 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunction 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        518 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) if <BR> 1a) conditional clauses <BR> 1a1) of possible situations <BR> 1a2) of impossible situations <BR> 1b) oath contexts <BR> 1b1) no, not <BR> 1c) if...if, whether...or, whether...or...or <BR> 1d) when, whenever <BR> 1e) since <BR> 1f) interrogative particle <BR> 1g) but rather 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’im-
         “ If 
    
 
        
            אַתָּה֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אַתָּה֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’at·tāh
                
                
                     you 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Pronoun - second person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        859 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) you (second pers. sing. masc.) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’at·tāh
         you 
    
 
        
            רַ֤ב 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
רַ֤ב 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    raḇ
                
                
                     have so many 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Adjective - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7227 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        adj <BR> 1) much, many, great <BR> 1a) much <BR> 1b) many <BR> 1c) abounding in <BR> 1d) more numerous than <BR> 1e) abundant, enough <BR> 1f) great <BR> 1g) strong <BR> 1h) greater than <BR> adv <BR> 1i) much, exceedingly <BR> n m <BR> 2) captain, chief 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        raḇ
         have so many 
    
 
        
            עַם־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עַם־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ‘am-
                
                
                     people 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5971 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) nation, people <BR> 1a) people, nation <BR> 1b) persons, members of one's people, compatriots, country-men <BR> 2) kinsman, kindred 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ‘am-
         people 
    
 
        
            כִּֽי־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
כִּֽי־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    kî-
                
                
                     that 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunction 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3588 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) that, for, because, when, as though, as, because that, but, then, certainly, except, surely, since <BR> 1a) that <BR> 1a1) yea, indeed <BR> 1b) when (of time) <BR> 1b1) when, if, though (with a concessive force) <BR> 1c) because, since (causal connection) <BR> 1d) but (after negative) <BR> 1e) that if, for if, indeed if, for though, but if <BR> 1f) but rather, but <BR> 1g) except that <BR> 1h) only, nevertheless <BR> 1i) surely <BR> 1j) that is <BR> 1k) but if <BR> 1l) for though <BR> 1m) forasmuch as, for therefore 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        kî-
         that 
    
 
        
            הַר־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הַר־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    har-
                
                
                     the hill country 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2022 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) hill, mountain, hill country, mount 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        har-
         the hill country 
    
 
        
            אֶפְרָֽיִם׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֶפְרָֽיִם׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ep̄·rā·yim
                
                
                     of Ephraim 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        669 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Ephraim = |double ash-heap: I shall be doubly fruitful|<BR> 1) second son of Joseph, blessed by him and given preference over first son, Manasseh <BR> 2) the tribe, Ephraim <BR> 3) the mountain country of Ephraim <BR> 4) sometimes used name for the northern kingdom (Hosea or Isaiah) <BR> 5) a city near Baal-hazor <BR> 6) a chief gate of Jerusalem 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ep̄·rā·yim
         of Ephraim 
    
 
        
            אָ֥ץ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אָ֥ץ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’āṣ
                
                
                     is too small 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Qal - Perfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        213 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to press, be pressed, make haste, urge, be narrow <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to press, hasten <BR> 1a2) to be pressed, confined, narrow <BR> 1a3) to hasten, make haste <BR> 1a4) be narrow <BR> 1b) (Hiphil) <BR> 1b1) to urge, insist <BR> 1b2) to hasten 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’āṣ
         is too small 
    
 
        
            לְךָ֖ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לְךָ֖ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lə·ḵā
                
                
                     for you , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition | second person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                         
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                         
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lə·ḵā
         for you , 
    
 
        
            עֲלֵ֣ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עֲלֵ֣ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ‘ă·lêh
                
                
                     go 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Qal - Imperative - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5927 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to go up, ascend, climb <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to go up, ascend <BR> 1a2) to meet, visit, follow, depart, withdraw, retreat <BR> 1a3) to go up, come up (of animals) <BR> 1a4) to spring up, grow, shoot forth (of vegetation) <BR> 1a5) to go up, go up over, rise (of natural phenomenon) <BR> 1a6) to come up (before God) <BR> 1a7) to go up, go up over, extend (of boundary) <BR> 1a8) to excel, be superior to <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to be taken up, be brought up, be taken away <BR> 1b2) to take oneself away <BR> 1b3) to be exalted <BR> 1c) (Hiphil) <BR> 1c1) to bring up, cause to ascend or climb, cause to go up <BR> 1c2) to bring up, bring against, take away <BR> 1c3) to bring up, draw up, train <BR> 1c4) to cause to ascend <BR> 1c5) to rouse, stir up (mentally) <BR> 1c6) to offer, bring up (of gifts) <BR> 1c7) to exalt <BR> 1c8) to cause to ascend, offer <BR> 1d) (Hophal) <BR> 1d1) to be carried away, be led up <BR> 1d2) to be taken up into, be inserted in <BR> 1d3) to be offered <BR> 1e) (Hithpael) to lift oneself 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ‘ă·lêh
         go 
    
 
        
            לְךָ֣ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לְךָ֣ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lə·ḵā
                
                
                     to 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition | second person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                         
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                         
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lə·ḵā
         to 
    
 
        
            הַיַּ֔עְרָה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הַיַּ֔עְרָה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hay·ya‘·rāh
                
                
                     the forest 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Noun - masculine singular | third person feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3293 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) forest, wood, thicket, wooded height 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hay·ya‘·rāh
         the forest 
    
 
        
            וּבֵרֵאתָ֤ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וּבֵרֵאתָ֤ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ū·ḇê·rê·ṯā
                
                
                     and clear 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Piel - Conjunctive perfect - second person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1254 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to create, shape, form <BR> 1a) (Qal) to shape, fashion, create (always with God as subject) <BR> 1a1) of heaven and earth <BR> 1a2) of individual man <BR> 1a3) of new conditions and circumstances <BR> 1a4) of transformations <BR> 1b) (Niphal) to be created <BR> 1b1) of heaven and earth <BR> 1b2) of birth <BR> 1b3) of something new <BR> 1b4) of miracles <BR> 1c) (Piel) <BR> 1c1) to cut down <BR> 1c2) to cut out <BR> 2) to be fat <BR> 2a) (Hiphil) to make yourselves fat 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ū·ḇê·rê·ṯā
         and clear 
    
 
        
            לְךָ֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לְךָ֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lə·ḵā
                
                
                     for yourself 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition | second person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                         
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                         
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lə·ḵā
         for yourself 
    
 
        
            שָׁ֔ם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
שָׁ֔ם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    šām
                
                
                     an area 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Adverb 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        8033 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) there, thither <BR> 1a) there <BR> 1b) thither (after verbs of motion) <BR> 1c) from there, thence <BR> 1d) then (as an adverb of time) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        šām
         an area 
    
 
        
            בְּאֶ֥רֶץ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בְּאֶ֥רֶץ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    bə·’e·reṣ
                
                
                     in the land 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-b | Noun - feminine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        776 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) land, earth<BR> 1a) earth <BR> 1a1) whole earth (as opposed to a part) <BR> 1a2) earth (as opposed to heaven) <BR> 1a3) earth (inhabitants) <BR> 1b) land <BR> 1b1) country, territory <BR> 1b2) district, region <BR> 1b3) tribal territory <BR> 1b4) piece of ground <BR> 1b5) land of Canaan, Israel <BR> 1b6) inhabitants of land <BR> 1b7) Sheol, land without return, (under) world <BR> 1b8) city (-state) <BR> 1c) ground, surface of the earth <BR> 1c1) ground <BR> 1c2) soil <BR> 1d) (in phrases) <BR> 1d1) people of the land <BR> 1d2) space or distance of country (in measurements of distance) <BR> 1d3) level or plain country <BR> 1d4) land of the living <BR> 1d5) end(s) of the earth <BR> 1e) (almost wholly late in usage) <BR> 1e1) lands, countries <BR> 1e1a) often in contrast to Canaan 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        bə·’e·reṣ
         in the land 
    
 
        
            הַפְּרִזִּ֖י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הַפְּרִזִּ֖י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hap·pə·riz·zî
                
                
                     of the Perizzites 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6522 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Perizzite = |belonging to a village|<BR> 1) a people who inhabited southern Canaan prior to the conquest 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hap·pə·riz·zî
         of the Perizzites 
    
 
        
            וְהָֽרְפָאִ֑ים 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְהָֽרְפָאִ֑ים 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·hā·rə·p̄ā·’îm
                
                
                     and the Rephaim . ” 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw, Article | Noun - proper - masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7497 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) giants, Rephaim <BR> 1a) old tribe of giants 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·hā·rə·p̄ā·’îm
         and the Rephaim . ” 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            “The hill country is not enough for us,” they replied, “and all the Canaanites who live in the valley have iron chariots, both in Beth-shean with its towns and in the Valley of Jezreel.”
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            וּבְנוֹתֶ֔יהָ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וּבְנוֹתֶ֔יהָ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ū·ḇə·nō·w·ṯe·hā
                
                
                     with its towns 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Noun - feminine plural construct | third person feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1323 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        n f<BR> 1) daughter <BR> 1a) daughter, girl, adopted daughter, daughter-in-law, sister, granddaughters, female child, cousin <BR> 1a1) as polite address <BR> n pr f <BR> 1a2) as designation of women of a particular place <BR> 2) young women, women <BR> 1a3) as personification <BR> 1a4) daughter-villages <BR> 1a5) description of character 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ū·ḇə·nō·w·ṯe·hā
         with its towns 
    
 
        
            וְלַֽאֲשֶׁ֖ר 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְלַֽאֲשֶׁ֖ר 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·la·’ă·šer
                
                
                     - 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw, Preposition-l | Pronoun - relative 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        834 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) (relative part.) <BR> 1a) which, who <BR> 1b) that which <BR> 2) (conj) <BR> 2a) that (in obj clause) <BR> 2b) when <BR> 2c) since <BR> 2d) as <BR> 2e) conditional if 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·la·’ă·šer
         - 
    
 
        
            בְּעֵ֥מֶק 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בְּעֵ֥מֶק 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    bə·‘ê·meq
                
                
                     and in the Valley 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-b | Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6010 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) valley, vale, lowland, open country 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        bə·‘ê·meq
         and in the Valley 
    
 
        
            יִזְרְעֶֽאל׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יִזְרְעֶֽאל׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    yiz·rə·‘el
                
                
                     of Jezreel . ” 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3157 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Jezreel = |God sows| <BR> n pr m <BR> 1) a descendant of the father or founder of Etam of Judah <BR> 2) first son of Hosea the prophet <BR> n pr loc <BR> 3) a city in the Nekeb of Judah <BR> 4) a city in Issachar on the northwest spur of Mount Gilboa 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        yiz·rə·‘el
         of Jezreel . ” 
    
 
        
            הָהָ֑ר 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הָהָ֑ר 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hā·hār
                
                
                     “ The hill country 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2022 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) hill, mountain, hill country, mount 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hā·hār
         “ The hill country 
    
 
        
            לֹֽא־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לֹֽא־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lō-
                
                
                     is not 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Adverb - Negative particle 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3808 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) not, no <BR> 1a) not (with verb-absolute prohibition) <BR> 1b) not (with modifier-negation) <BR> 1c) nothing (subst) <BR> 1d) without (with particle) <BR> 1e) before (of time) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lō-
         is not 
    
 
        
            יִמָּ֥צֵא 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יִמָּ֥צֵא 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    yim·mā·ṣê
                
                
                     enough 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Nifal - Imperfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4672 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to find, attain to <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to find <BR> 1a1a) to find, secure, acquire, get (thing sought) <BR> 1a1b) to find (what is lost) <BR> 1a1c) to meet, encounter <BR> 1a1d) to find (a condition) <BR> 1a1e) to learn, devise <BR> 1a2) to find out <BR> 1a2a) to find out <BR> 1a2b) to detect <BR> 1a2c) to guess <BR> 1a3) to come upon, light upon <BR> 1a3a) to happen upon, meet, fall in with <BR> 1a3b) to hit <BR> 1a3c) to befall <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to be found <BR> 1b1a) to be encountered, be lighted upon, be discovered <BR> 1b1b) to appear, be recognised <BR> 1b1c) to be discovered, be detected <BR> 1b1d) to be gained, be secured <BR> 1b2) to be, be found <BR> 1b2a) to be found in <BR> 1b2b) to be in the possession of <BR> 1b2c) to be found in (a place), happen to be <BR> 1b2d) to be left (after war) <BR> 1b2e) to be present <BR> 1b2f) to prove to be <BR> 1b2g) to be found sufficient, be enough <BR> 1c) (Hiphil) <BR> 1c1) to cause to find, attain <BR> 1c2) to cause to light upon, come upon, come <BR> 1c3) to cause to encounter <BR> 1c4) to present (offering) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        yim·mā·ṣê
         enough 
    
 
        
            לָ֖נוּ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לָ֖נוּ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lā·nū
                
                
                     for us , ” 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition | first person common plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                         
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                         
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lā·nū
         for us , ” 
    
 
        
            בְּנֵ֣י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בְּנֵ֣י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    bə·nê
                
                
                     [they] 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine plural construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1121 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) son, grandson, child, member of a group <BR> 1a) son, male child <BR> 1b) grandson <BR> 1c) children (pl. - male and female) <BR> 1d) youth, young men (pl.) <BR> 1e) young (of animals) <BR> 1f) sons (as characterisation, i.e. sons of injustice [for un- righteous men] or sons of God [for angels] <BR> 1g) people (of a nation) (pl.) <BR> 1h) of lifeless things, i.e. sparks, stars, arrows (fig.) <BR> 1i) a member of a guild, order, class 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        bə·nê
         [they] 
    
 
        
            יוֹסֵ֔ף 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יוֹסֵ֔ף 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    yō·w·sêp̄
                
                
                     . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3130 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Joseph = |Jehovah has added|<BR> 1) the eldest son of Jacob by Rachel <BR> 2) father of Igal, who represented the tribe of Issachar among the spies <BR> 3) a son of Asaph <BR> 4) a man who took a foreign wife in the time of Ezra <BR> 5) a priest of the family of Shebaniah in the time of Nehemiah 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        yō·w·sêp̄
         . . . 
    
 
        
            וַיֹּֽאמְרוּ֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וַיֹּֽאמְרוּ֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    way·yō·mə·rū
                
                
                     replied , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Qal - Consecutive imperfect - third person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        559 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to say, speak, utter <BR> 1a) (Qal) to say, to answer, to say in one's heart, to think, to command, to promise, to intend <BR> 1b) (Niphal) to be told, to be said, to be called <BR> 1c) (Hithpael) to boast, to act proudly <BR> 1d) (Hiphil) to avow, to avouch 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        way·yō·mə·rū
         replied , 
    
 
        
            בְּכָל־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בְּכָל־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    bə·ḵāl
                
                
                     “ and all 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-b | Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3605 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) all, the whole <BR> 1a) all, the whole of <BR> 1b) any, each, every, anything <BR> 1c) totality, everything 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        bə·ḵāl
         “ and all 
    
 
        
            הַֽכְּנַעֲנִי֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הַֽכְּנַעֲנִי֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hak·kə·na·‘ă·nî
                
                
                     the Canaanites 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3669 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Canaanite = see Cana |zealous| <BR> adj <BR> 1) descendant of inhabitant of Canaan<BR> n <BR> 2) descendant or inhabitant of Canaan <BR> 3) a merchant, trader 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hak·kə·na·‘ă·nî
         the Canaanites 
    
 
        
            הַיֹּשֵׁ֣ב 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הַיֹּשֵׁ֣ב 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hay·yō·šêḇ
                
                
                     who live 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Verb - Qal - Participle - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3427 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to dwell, remain, sit, abide <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to sit, sit down <BR> 1a2) to be set <BR> 1a3) to remain, stay <BR> 1a4) to dwell, have one's abode <BR> 1b) (Niphal) to be inhabited <BR> 1c) (Piel) to set, place <BR> 1d) (Hiphil) <BR> 1d1) to cause to sit <BR> 1d2) to cause to abide, set <BR> 1d3) to cause to dwell <BR> 1d4) to cause (cities) to be inhabited <BR> 1d5) to marry (give an dwelling to) <BR> 1e) (Hophal) <BR> 1e1) to be inhabited <BR> 1e2) to make to dwell 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hay·yō·šêḇ
         who live 
    
 
        
            הָעֵ֔מֶק 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הָעֵ֔מֶק 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hā·‘ê·meq
                
                
                     in the valley 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6010 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) valley, vale, lowland, open country 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hā·‘ê·meq
         in the valley 
    
 
        
            לַֽאֲשֶׁ֤ר 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לַֽאֲשֶׁ֤ר 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    la·’ă·šer
                
                
                     - 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-l | Pronoun - relative 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        834 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) (relative part.) <BR> 1a) which, who <BR> 1b) that which <BR> 2) (conj) <BR> 2a) that (in obj clause) <BR> 2b) when <BR> 2c) since <BR> 2d) as <BR> 2e) conditional if 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        la·’ă·šer
         - 
    
 
        
            בְּבֵית־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בְּבֵית־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    bə·ḇêṯ-
                
                
                     
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1052 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Beth-shean or Beth-Shan = |house of ease|<BR> 1) a place in Manasseh, west of the Jordan 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        bə·ḇêṯ-
         
    
 
        
            בְּאֶֽרֶץ־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בְּאֶֽרֶץ־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    bə·’e·reṣ-
                
                
                     
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-b | Noun - feminine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        776 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) land, earth<BR> 1a) earth <BR> 1a1) whole earth (as opposed to a part) <BR> 1a2) earth (as opposed to heaven) <BR> 1a3) earth (inhabitants) <BR> 1b) land <BR> 1b1) country, territory <BR> 1b2) district, region <BR> 1b3) tribal territory <BR> 1b4) piece of ground <BR> 1b5) land of Canaan, Israel <BR> 1b6) inhabitants of land <BR> 1b7) Sheol, land without return, (under) world <BR> 1b8) city (-state) <BR> 1c) ground, surface of the earth <BR> 1c1) ground <BR> 1c2) soil <BR> 1d) (in phrases) <BR> 1d1) people of the land <BR> 1d2) space or distance of country (in measurements of distance) <BR> 1d3) level or plain country <BR> 1d4) land of the living <BR> 1d5) end(s) of the earth <BR> 1e) (almost wholly late in usage) <BR> 1e1) lands, countries <BR> 1e1a) often in contrast to Canaan 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        bə·’e·reṣ-
         
    
 
        
            בַּרְזֶ֗ל 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בַּרְזֶ֗ל 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    bar·zel
                
                
                     have iron 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1270 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) iron <BR> 1a) iron <BR> 1a1) iron ore <BR> 1a2) as material of furniture, utensils, implements<BR> 2) tool of iron <BR> 3) harshness, strength, oppression (fig.) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        bar·zel
         have iron 
    
 
        
            וְרֶ֣כֶב 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְרֶ֣כֶב 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·re·ḵeḇ
                
                
                     chariots , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7393 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) a team, chariot, chariotry, mill-stone, riders <BR> 1a) chariotry, chariots <BR> 1b) chariot (single) <BR> 1c) upper millstone (as riding on lower millstone) <BR> 1d) riders, troop (of riders), horsemen, pair of horsemen, men riding, ass-riders, camel-riders 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·re·ḵeḇ
         chariots , 
    
 
        
            שְׁאָן֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
שְׁאָן֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    šə·’ān
                
                
                     both in Beth-shean 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition | Noun - proper - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1052 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Beth-shean or Beth-Shan = |house of ease|<BR> 1) a place in Manasseh, west of the Jordan 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        šə·’ān
         both in Beth-shean 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            So Joshua said to the house of Joseph—to Ephraim and Manasseh—“You have many people and great strength. You shall not have just one allotment,
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            יְהוֹשֻׁ֙עַ֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יְהוֹשֻׁ֙עַ֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    yə·hō·wō·šu·a‘
                
                
                     So Joshua 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3091 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Joshua or Jehoshua = |Jehovah is salvation| <BR> n pr m <BR> 1) son of Nun of the tribe of Ephraim and successor to Moses as the leader of the children of Israel; led the conquest of Canaan <BR> 2) a resident of Beth-shemesh on whose land the Ark of the Covenant came to a stop after the Philistines returned it <BR> 3) son of Jehozadak and high priest after the restoration <BR> 4) governor of Jerusalem under king Josiah who gave his name to a gate of the city of Jerusalem 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        yə·hō·wō·šu·a‘
         So Joshua 
    
 
        
            וַיֹּ֤אמֶר 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וַיֹּ֤אמֶר 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    way·yō·mer
                
                
                     said 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Qal - Consecutive imperfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        559 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to say, speak, utter <BR> 1a) (Qal) to say, to answer, to say in one's heart, to think, to command, to promise, to intend <BR> 1b) (Niphal) to be told, to be said, to be called <BR> 1c) (Hithpael) to boast, to act proudly <BR> 1d) (Hiphil) to avow, to avouch 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        way·yō·mer
         said 
    
 
        
            אֶל־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֶל־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’el-
                
                
                     to 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        413 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to, toward, unto (of motion) <BR> 2) into (limit is actually entered) <BR> 2a) in among <BR> 3) toward (of direction, not necessarily physical motion) <BR> 4) against (motion or direction of a hostile character) <BR> 5) in addition to, to <BR> 6) concerning, in regard to, in reference to, on account of <BR> 7) according to (rule or standard) <BR> 8) at, by, against (of one's presence) <BR> 9) in between, in within, to within, unto (idea of motion to) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’el-
         to 
    
 
        
            בֵּ֣ית 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בֵּ֣ית 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    bêṯ
                
                
                     the house 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1004 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        nm <BR> 1) house <BR> 1a) house, dwelling habitation <BR> 1b) shelter or abode of animals <BR> 1c) human bodies (fig.) <BR> 1d) of Sheol <BR> 1e) of abode of light and darkness <BR> 1f) of land of Ephraim <BR> 2) place <BR> 3) receptacle <BR> 4) home, house as containing a family <BR> 5) household, family <BR> 5a) those belonging to the same household <BR> 5b) family of descendants, descendants as organized body <BR> 6) household affairs <BR> 7) inwards (metaph.) <BR> 8) (TWOT) temple <BR> adv <BR> 9) on the inside <BR> prep <BR> 10) within 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        bêṯ
         the house 
    
 
        
            יוֹסֵ֔ף 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יוֹסֵ֔ף 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    yō·w·sêp̄
                
                
                     of Joseph — 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3130 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Joseph = |Jehovah has added|<BR> 1) the eldest son of Jacob by Rachel <BR> 2) father of Igal, who represented the tribe of Issachar among the spies <BR> 3) a son of Asaph <BR> 4) a man who took a foreign wife in the time of Ezra <BR> 5) a priest of the family of Shebaniah in the time of Nehemiah 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        yō·w·sêp̄
         of Joseph — 
    
 
        
            לְאֶפְרַ֥יִם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לְאֶפְרַ֥יִם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lə·’ep̄·ra·yim
                
                
                     to Ephraim 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-l | Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        669 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Ephraim = |double ash-heap: I shall be doubly fruitful|<BR> 1) second son of Joseph, blessed by him and given preference over first son, Manasseh <BR> 2) the tribe, Ephraim <BR> 3) the mountain country of Ephraim <BR> 4) sometimes used name for the northern kingdom (Hosea or Isaiah) <BR> 5) a city near Baal-hazor <BR> 6) a chief gate of Jerusalem 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lə·’ep̄·ra·yim
         to Ephraim 
    
 
        
            וְלִמְנַשֶּׁ֖ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְלִמְנַשֶּׁ֖ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·lim·naš·šeh
                
                
                     and Manasseh — 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw, Preposition-l | Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4519 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Manasseh = |causing to forget|<BR> 1) the eldest son of Joseph and progenitor of the tribe of Manasseh <BR> 1a) the tribe descended from Manasseh <BR> 1b) the territory occupied by the tribe of Manasseh <BR> 2) son of king Hezekiah of Judah and himself king of Judah; he was the immediate and direct cause for the exile <BR> 3) a descendant of Pahath-moab who put away a foreign wife in the time of Ezra <BR> 4) a descendant of Hashum who put away a foreign wife in the time of Ezra 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·lim·naš·šeh
         and Manasseh — 
    
 
        
            לֵאמֹ֑ר 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לֵאמֹ֑ר 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lê·mōr
                
                
                     . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-l | Verb - Qal - Infinitive construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        559 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to say, speak, utter <BR> 1a) (Qal) to say, to answer, to say in one's heart, to think, to command, to promise, to intend <BR> 1b) (Niphal) to be told, to be said, to be called <BR> 1c) (Hithpael) to boast, to act proudly <BR> 1d) (Hiphil) to avow, to avouch 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lê·mōr
         . . . 
    
 
        
            רַ֣ב 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
רַ֣ב 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    raḇ
                
                
                     “You have many 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Adjective - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7227 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        adj <BR> 1) much, many, great <BR> 1a) much <BR> 1b) many <BR> 1c) abounding in <BR> 1d) more numerous than <BR> 1e) abundant, enough <BR> 1f) great <BR> 1g) strong <BR> 1h) greater than <BR> adv <BR> 1i) much, exceedingly <BR> n m <BR> 2) captain, chief 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        raḇ
         “You have many 
    
 
        
            אַתָּ֗ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אַתָּ֗ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’at·tāh
                
                
                     . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Pronoun - second person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        859 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) you (second pers. sing. masc.) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’at·tāh
         . . . 
    
 
        
            עַם־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עַם־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ‘am-
                
                
                     people 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5971 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) nation, people <BR> 1a) people, nation <BR> 1b) persons, members of one's people, compatriots, country-men <BR> 2) kinsman, kindred 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ‘am-
         people 
    
 
        
            גָּדוֹל֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
גָּדוֹל֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    gā·ḏō·wl
                
                
                     and great 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Adjective - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1419 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        adj <BR> 1) great <BR> 1a) large (in magnitude and extent) <BR> 1b) in number <BR> 1c) in intensity <BR> 1d) loud (in sound) <BR> 1e) older (in age) <BR> 1f) in importance <BR> 1f1) important things <BR> 1f2) great, distinguished (of men) <BR> 1f3) God Himself (of God) <BR> subst <BR> 1g) great things <BR> 1h) haughty things <BR> 1i) greatness <BR> n pr m <BR> 1j) (CLBL) Haggedolim, the great man?, father of Zabdiel 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        gā·ḏō·wl
         and great 
    
 
        
            לָ֔ךְ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לָ֔ךְ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lāḵ
                
                
                     - 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition | second person feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                         
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                         
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lāḵ
         - 
    
 
        
            וְכֹ֤חַ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְכֹ֤חַ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·ḵō·aḥ
                
                
                     strength . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3581 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) strength, power, might <BR> 1a) human strength <BR> 1b) strength (of angels) <BR> 1c) power (of God) <BR> 1d) strength (of animals) <BR> 1e) strength, produce, wealth (of soil) <BR> 2) a small reptile, probably a kind of lizard, which is unclean <BR> 2a) perhaps an extinct animal, exact meaning is unknown 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·ḵō·aḥ
         strength . 
    
 
        
            לֹֽא־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לֹֽא־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lō-
                
                
                     You shall not 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Adverb - Negative particle 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3808 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) not, no <BR> 1a) not (with verb-absolute prohibition) <BR> 1b) not (with modifier-negation) <BR> 1c) nothing (subst) <BR> 1d) without (with particle) <BR> 1e) before (of time) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lō-
         You shall not 
    
 
        
            יִהְיֶ֥ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יִהְיֶ֥ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    yih·yeh
                
                
                     have 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Qal - Imperfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1961 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to be, become, come to pass, exist, happen, fall out <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) ----- <BR> 1a1a) to happen, fall out, occur, take place, come about, come to pass <BR> 1a1b) to come about, come to pass <BR> 1a2) to come into being, become <BR> 1a2a) to arise, appear, come <BR> 1a2b) to become <BR> 1a2b1) to become <BR> 1a2b2) to become like <BR> 1a2b3) to be instituted, be established <BR> 1a3) to be <BR> 1a3a) to exist, be in existence <BR> 1a3b) to abide, remain, continue (with word of place or time) <BR> 1a3c) to stand, lie, be in, be at, be situated (with word of locality) <BR> 1a3d) to accompany, be with <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to occur, come to pass, be done, be brought about <BR> 1b2) to be done, be finished, be gone 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        yih·yeh
         have 
    
 
        
            לְךָ֖ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לְךָ֖ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lə·ḵā
                
                
                     . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition | second person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                         
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                         
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lə·ḵā
         . . . 
    
 
        
            אֶחָֽד׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֶחָֽד׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’e·ḥāḏ
                
                
                     just one 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Number - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        259 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) one (number) <BR> 1a) one (number) <BR> 1b) each, every <BR> 1c) a certain <BR> 1d) an (indefinite article) <BR> 1e) only, once, once for all <BR> 1f) one...another, the one...the other, one after another, one by one <BR> 1g) first <BR> 1h) eleven (in combination), eleventh (ordinal) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’e·ḥāḏ
         just one 
    
 
        
            גּוֹרָ֥ל 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
גּוֹרָ֥ל 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    gō·w·rāl
                
                
                     allotment , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1486 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) lot <BR> 1a) lot-pebbles used for systematically making decisions <BR> 2) portion<BR> 2a) lot, portion (thing assigned by casting lots) <BR> 2b) recompense, retribution 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        gō·w·rāl
         allotment , 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            because the hill country will be yours as well. It is a forest; clear it, and its farthest limits will be yours. Although the Canaanites have iron chariots and although they are strong, you can drive them out.”
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            כִּ֣י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
כִּ֣י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    kî
                
                
                     because 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunction 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3588 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) that, for, because, when, as though, as, because that, but, then, certainly, except, surely, since <BR> 1a) that <BR> 1a1) yea, indeed <BR> 1b) when (of time) <BR> 1b1) when, if, though (with a concessive force) <BR> 1c) because, since (causal connection) <BR> 1d) but (after negative) <BR> 1e) that if, for if, indeed if, for though, but if <BR> 1f) but rather, but <BR> 1g) except that <BR> 1h) only, nevertheless <BR> 1i) surely <BR> 1j) that is <BR> 1k) but if <BR> 1l) for though <BR> 1m) forasmuch as, for therefore 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        kî
         because 
    
 
        
            הַ֤ר 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הַ֤ר 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    har
                
                
                     the hill country 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2022 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) hill, mountain, hill country, mount 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        har
         the hill country 
    
 
        
            יִֽהְיֶה־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יִֽהְיֶה־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    yih·yeh-
                
                
                     will be 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Qal - Imperfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1961 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to be, become, come to pass, exist, happen, fall out <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) ----- <BR> 1a1a) to happen, fall out, occur, take place, come about, come to pass <BR> 1a1b) to come about, come to pass <BR> 1a2) to come into being, become <BR> 1a2a) to arise, appear, come <BR> 1a2b) to become <BR> 1a2b1) to become <BR> 1a2b2) to become like <BR> 1a2b3) to be instituted, be established <BR> 1a3) to be <BR> 1a3a) to exist, be in existence <BR> 1a3b) to abide, remain, continue (with word of place or time) <BR> 1a3c) to stand, lie, be in, be at, be situated (with word of locality) <BR> 1a3d) to accompany, be with <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to occur, come to pass, be done, be brought about <BR> 1b2) to be done, be finished, be gone 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        yih·yeh-
         will be 
    
 
        
            לָּךְ֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לָּךְ֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lāḵ
                
                
                     yours as well . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition | second person feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                         
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                         
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lāḵ
         yours as well . 
    
 
        
            כִּֽי־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
כִּֽי־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    kî-
                
                
                     - 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunction 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3588 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) that, for, because, when, as though, as, because that, but, then, certainly, except, surely, since <BR> 1a) that <BR> 1a1) yea, indeed <BR> 1b) when (of time) <BR> 1b1) when, if, though (with a concessive force) <BR> 1c) because, since (causal connection) <BR> 1d) but (after negative) <BR> 1e) that if, for if, indeed if, for though, but if <BR> 1f) but rather, but <BR> 1g) except that <BR> 1h) only, nevertheless <BR> 1i) surely <BR> 1j) that is <BR> 1k) but if <BR> 1l) for though <BR> 1m) forasmuch as, for therefore 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        kî-
         - 
    
 
        
            ה֔וּא 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
ה֔וּא 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hū
                
                
                     It 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Pronoun - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1931 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        pron 3p s<BR> 1) he, she, it <BR> 1a) himself (with emphasis) <BR> 1b) resuming subj with emphasis <BR> 1c) (with minimum emphasis following predicate) <BR> 1d) (anticipating subj) <BR> 1e) (emphasising predicate) <BR> 1f) that, it (neuter) demons pron <BR> 2) that (with article) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hū
         It 
    
 
        
            יַ֣עַר 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יַ֣עַר 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ya·‘ar
                
                
                     is a forest ; 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3293 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) forest, wood, thicket, wooded height 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ya·‘ar
         is a forest ; 
    
 
        
            וּבֵ֣רֵאת֔וֹ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וּבֵ֣רֵאת֔וֹ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ū·ḇê·rê·ṯōw
                
                
                     clear it , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Piel - Conjunctive perfect - second person masculine singular | third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1254 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to create, shape, form <BR> 1a) (Qal) to shape, fashion, create (always with God as subject) <BR> 1a1) of heaven and earth <BR> 1a2) of individual man <BR> 1a3) of new conditions and circumstances <BR> 1a4) of transformations <BR> 1b) (Niphal) to be created <BR> 1b1) of heaven and earth <BR> 1b2) of birth <BR> 1b3) of something new <BR> 1b4) of miracles <BR> 1c) (Piel) <BR> 1c1) to cut down <BR> 1c2) to cut out <BR> 2) to be fat <BR> 2a) (Hiphil) to make yourselves fat 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ū·ḇê·rê·ṯōw
         clear it , 
    
 
        
            תֹּֽצְאֹתָ֑יו 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
תֹּֽצְאֹתָ֑יו 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    tō·ṣə·’ō·ṯāw
                
                
                     and its farthest limits 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - feminine plural construct | third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        8444 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) outgoing, border, a going out, extremity, end, source, escape <BR> 1a) outgoing, extremity (of border) <BR> 1b) source (of life) <BR> 1c) escape (from death) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        tō·ṣə·’ō·ṯāw
         and its farthest limits 
    
 
        
            וְהָיָ֥ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְהָיָ֥ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·hā·yāh
                
                
                     will be 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Qal - Conjunctive perfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1961 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to be, become, come to pass, exist, happen, fall out <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) ----- <BR> 1a1a) to happen, fall out, occur, take place, come about, come to pass <BR> 1a1b) to come about, come to pass <BR> 1a2) to come into being, become <BR> 1a2a) to arise, appear, come <BR> 1a2b) to become <BR> 1a2b1) to become <BR> 1a2b2) to become like <BR> 1a2b3) to be instituted, be established <BR> 1a3) to be <BR> 1a3a) to exist, be in existence <BR> 1a3b) to abide, remain, continue (with word of place or time) <BR> 1a3c) to stand, lie, be in, be at, be situated (with word of locality) <BR> 1a3d) to accompany, be with <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to occur, come to pass, be done, be brought about <BR> 1b2) to be done, be finished, be gone 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·hā·yāh
         will be 
    
 
        
            לְךָ֖ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לְךָ֖ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lə·ḵā
                
                
                     yours . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition | second person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                         
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                         
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lə·ḵā
         yours . 
    
 
        
            כִּֽי־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
כִּֽי־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    kî-
                
                
                     
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunction 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3588 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) that, for, because, when, as though, as, because that, but, then, certainly, except, surely, since <BR> 1a) that <BR> 1a1) yea, indeed <BR> 1b) when (of time) <BR> 1b1) when, if, though (with a concessive force) <BR> 1c) because, since (causal connection) <BR> 1d) but (after negative) <BR> 1e) that if, for if, indeed if, for though, but if <BR> 1f) but rather, but <BR> 1g) except that <BR> 1h) only, nevertheless <BR> 1i) surely <BR> 1j) that is <BR> 1k) but if <BR> 1l) for though <BR> 1m) forasmuch as, for therefore 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        kî-
         
    
 
        
            כִּ֣י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
כִּ֣י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    kî
                
                
                     Although 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunction 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3588 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) that, for, because, when, as though, as, because that, but, then, certainly, except, surely, since <BR> 1a) that <BR> 1a1) yea, indeed <BR> 1b) when (of time) <BR> 1b1) when, if, though (with a concessive force) <BR> 1c) because, since (causal connection) <BR> 1d) but (after negative) <BR> 1e) that if, for if, indeed if, for though, but if <BR> 1f) but rather, but <BR> 1g) except that <BR> 1h) only, nevertheless <BR> 1i) surely <BR> 1j) that is <BR> 1k) but if <BR> 1l) for though <BR> 1m) forasmuch as, for therefore 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        kî
         Although 
    
 
        
            בַּרְזֶל֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בַּרְזֶל֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    bar·zel
                
                
                     [the Canaanites] have iron 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1270 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) iron <BR> 1a) iron <BR> 1a1) iron ore <BR> 1a2) as material of furniture, utensils, implements<BR> 2) tool of iron <BR> 3) harshness, strength, oppression (fig.) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        bar·zel
         [the Canaanites] have iron 
    
 
        
            ל֔וֹ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
ל֔וֹ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lōw
                
                
                     
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition | third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                         
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                         
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lōw
         
    
 
        
            רֶ֤כֶב 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
רֶ֤כֶב 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    re·ḵeḇ
                
                
                     chariots 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7393 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) a team, chariot, chariotry, mill-stone, riders <BR> 1a) chariotry, chariots <BR> 1b) chariot (single) <BR> 1c) upper millstone (as riding on lower millstone) <BR> 1d) riders, troop (of riders), horsemen, pair of horsemen, men riding, ass-riders, camel-riders 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        re·ḵeḇ
         chariots 
    
 
        
            כִּ֥י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
כִּ֥י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    kî
                
                
                     and although 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunction 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3588 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) that, for, because, when, as though, as, because that, but, then, certainly, except, surely, since <BR> 1a) that <BR> 1a1) yea, indeed <BR> 1b) when (of time) <BR> 1b1) when, if, though (with a concessive force) <BR> 1c) because, since (causal connection) <BR> 1d) but (after negative) <BR> 1e) that if, for if, indeed if, for though, but if <BR> 1f) but rather, but <BR> 1g) except that <BR> 1h) only, nevertheless <BR> 1i) surely <BR> 1j) that is <BR> 1k) but if <BR> 1l) for though <BR> 1m) forasmuch as, for therefore 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        kî
         and although 
    
 
        
            חָזָ֖ק 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
חָזָ֖ק 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ḥā·zāq
                
                
                     they are strong , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Adjective - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2389 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) strong, stout, mighty <BR> 1a) strong <BR> 1a1) severe, sharp, hot<BR> 1a2) firm, hard <BR> 1b) a strong one (subst) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ḥā·zāq
         they are strong , 
    
 
        
            הֽוּא׃פ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הֽוּא׃פ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hū
                
                
                     you can 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Pronoun - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1931 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        pron 3p s<BR> 1) he, she, it <BR> 1a) himself (with emphasis) <BR> 1b) resuming subj with emphasis <BR> 1c) (with minimum emphasis following predicate) <BR> 1d) (anticipating subj) <BR> 1e) (emphasising predicate) <BR> 1f) that, it (neuter) demons pron <BR> 2) that (with article) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hū
         you can 
    
 
        
            תוֹרִ֣ישׁ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
תוֹרִ֣ישׁ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ṯō·w·rîš
                
                
                     drive [them] out 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Hifil - Imperfect - second person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3423 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to seize, dispossess, take possession off, inherit, disinherit, occupy, impoverish, be an heir <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to take possession of <BR> 1a2) to inherit <BR> 1a3) to impoverish, come to poverty, be poor <BR> 1b) (Niphal) to be dispossessed, be impoverished, come to poverty <BR> 1c) (Piel) to devour <BR> 1d) (Hiphil) <BR> 1d1) to cause to possess or inherit <BR> 1d2) to cause others to possess or inherit <BR> 1d3) to impoverish <BR> 1d4) to dispossess <BR> 1d5) to destroy, bring to ruin, disinherit 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ṯō·w·rîš
         drive [them] out 
    
 
        
            אֶת־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֶת־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’eṯ-
                
                
                     - 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Direct object marker 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        853 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) sign of the definite direct object, not translated in English but generally preceding and indicating the accusative 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’eṯ-
         - 
    
 
        
            הַֽכְּנַעֲנִ֗י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הַֽכְּנַעֲנִ֗י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hak·kə·na·‘ă·nî
                
                
                     - . ” 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3669 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Canaanite = see Cana |zealous| <BR> adj <BR> 1) descendant of inhabitant of Canaan<BR> n <BR> 2) descendant or inhabitant of Canaan <BR> 3) a merchant, trader 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hak·kə·na·‘ă·nî
         - . ”